: 'a-es       Office 3*
 ': e-tai =-::ec:;or    Soiia Waste
 ':/         Washington DC 20460
s.i ...s ..aste -c'
Guidance on Metals and
Hydrogen  Chloride Controls
for Hazardous Waste "ESST
                          AGENCY
                        DALLAS, TEXA*



Volume IV of the Hazardous Waste

Incineration Guidance Series

-------
                        Table   of  Contents
Introduction	:	1
       Background and Purpose	1
       Overview of Guidance	2
       Authority	4
       Structure of this Document	5

Tab A:  Data Gathering, Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of Screening Tables	1
       Step 1: Gather Source Data (from Applicant)	2
       Step 2: Determine Land Use Characteristics (using the Auer Method)	3

TabB:  Determine Feed Rates or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)	1
       Step 1: Determine Worst-Case Stack for Multiple Stack Sites	2
       Step 2: Define Terrain	2
       Step 3: Determine Terrain-Adjusted Effective Stack Height.	3
       Step4a: Determine Compliance with Tier I Feed Rate Limits	5
       Step 4b: Determine Compliance with Tier II Emission Limits	7

TabC:  Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier HI)	1
       Step 1: The Permit Writer Determines Whether to Require the Applicant to
       Conduct Site-Specific Dispersion Modeling	4
       Step 2: Applicant must Submit the Dispersion Modeling Plan for Review
       by the Regional Meteorologist or PAT	8
       Step 3: Applicant Provides the Model Results and Risk Analysis for
       Review (See WORKSHEET 2 in Appendix IV)	9

TabD:  Determine Necessary Permit Conditions	1
       Step 1: Determine Necessary Permit Conditions	3

Appendix I. Technical Support for the Modeling Risk Assessment
       1.     Background Information on the Dispersion Modeling used to
       Establish Emission Limits	1-1
              1.1    Overview of the Modeling Approach	1-1
                    1.1.1  General Assumptions and Methods	1-1
                    1.1.2  Specific Steps of the Analysis	1-3
              1.2    Facility Selection	1-4
              1.3    Model Selection	1-4
              1.4    Input Parameters	1-5
                    1.4.1  Terrain   Analysis	1-5
                    1.4.2  Release Specifications	1-5
                    1.4.3  Results and Analysis	1-6
       2.     Urban/Rural Classification—Auer Method	1-8
             2.1    Simplified Land Use Process	1-8
       3.     Background Information on the Health Risk Assumptions used to
       Establish Emission Limits	1-12
             3.1    Carcinogens	1-12
             3.2    Noncarcinogens	1-14

Appendix IT. Using the Graphical Exposure Modeling System (GEMS)
       Step-by-Step Procedures for Using GEMS
             Step 1:  Accessing the GEMS System and GAMS Subsystem	II-1
             Step 2: Obtain Meteorological Data Requirements for ISCLT	II-1

-------
             Step 3:  Consult with the Regional  Meteorologist or the Permit
             Assistance Team (PAT)	II-2
             Step 4:  Identify the Worst-Case Stack	II-2
             Step 5:  Create the ISCLT Input File and Run the Model	II-3
             Step 6:  Follow up Model Runs for Greater Detail	II-5
             GEMS Model Data Input/Output	II-6

Appendix ffl.  Technical Support for Permit Conditions
       1.     Control Techniques and Removal Efficiencies	ffl-1
             1.1 Air Pollution Control Devices (APCDs)	ffl-5
                   1.1.1  Electrostatic  Precipitator	ffl-5
                   1.1.2 Wet Electrostatic Precipitator	ffl-7
                          1.1.2.1  Process Description	in-7
                   1.1.3 Fabric Filter (Baghouse)	ffl-7
                          1.1.3.2  Operation and Maintenance	ffl-9
                   1.1.4   Quench  Chamber	ffl-9
                          1.1.4.1  Process Description	ffl-9
                          1.1.4.2  Operation and Maintenance	ffl-12
                   1.1.5 Wet/Dry Scrubber (Spray Dryer)	ffl-12
                          1.1.5.1  Process Description	ffl-12
                          1.1.5.2  Operation and Maintenance	ffl-12
                   1.1.6 Venruri Scrubber	ffl-13
                          1.1.6.1  Process Description	ffl-13
             1.2 APCD Efficiencies	ffl-14
             1.3 Metals Partitioning	ffl-17

Appendix IV. Worksheets for Permitters' Use
1.  Instructions for Completing WORKSHEET 1	W-l
       1.1 Reference Information	IV-1
       1.2 Site Information	IV-1
       1.3  Requested Maximum Metal and Chlorine Feed  Rates	IV-2

Appendix V. Hazardous Waste Combustion Air Quality Screening Procedure for
RCRA Permit Writers
       Introduction	V-l
       Step 1: Obtain Permit Data	V-4
       Step 2: Determine the Applicability of the Screening Procedure	V-10
       Step 3: Select the Worst-Case Stack	V-12
       Step 4: Verify Engineering Practice (GEP) Criteria	V-13
       Step 5: Determine the Effective Stack Height and the Terrain Adjusted
       Effective  Stack   Height	V-15
       Step 6: Classify the Site as Urban or Rural	V-20
       Step 7: Identify Maximum Dispersion Coefficients	V-20
       Step 8: Estimate Maximum  Ambient Air Concentrations	V-28
       Step 9: Determine Compliance with Regulatory Limits	V-30
       Step 10: Multiple Stack Method (Optional)	V-32
       Appendix A: Rational for the Screening Procedure	V-49
             Introduction	V-49
             Development of the Screening Procedure	V-49
             Rational For Technical Approach / Step-By-Step Description	V-53

-------
                                 Introduction
                GUIDANCE ON METALS AND  HYDROGEN
                        CHLORIDE CONTROLS FOR
                  HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATORS
Background and Purpose

       The Environmental Protection Agency has proposed amendments to the Subpart 0,
Part 264 hazardous waste incinerator rules. The proposal states the Agency's conclusion
that emissions of metals and hydrogen chloride (HC1) from hazardous waste incinerators
can pose unreasonable levels of risk, and in  those cases, need to be regulated more
stringently than under existing rules in order to protect human health and the environment
This guidance document is designed to enable the permit writer to exercise his authority
under Section 3005(c)(3) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act to develop
permit requirements as may be necessary to ensure that metals and HC1 emissions do not
pose unacceptable risk to human health and the environment

       This document sets out ways  of implementing controls for metals and HC1
emissions consistent with the proposed rule.  The approach is intended to ensure that
emissions of individual metals and HG  reaching a  hypothetical  maximum exposed
individual (MET) do not exceed ambient health-based levels1 The Agency has proposed
these health-based levels (known as Risk-Specific Doses (RSDs) for carcinogens and
Reference Air Concentrations (RACs) for noncarcinogens) for public comment Permit
applicants could demonstrate compliance with these ambient levels by emissions testing and
using site-specific dispersion modeling consistent with the EPA "Guideline on Air Quality
Models." To avoid the burden of dispersion modeling, the applicant could use an alternate
approach to demonstrate conformance with the ambient levels.   Under the alternate
approach, the applicant could demonstrate that emissions of metals and HC1, or feed rates
1      There is an existing technology-based emission standard for HG emissions. The purpose of the
HG guidance is to provide a site-specific, risk-based check to ensure that the existing standard is protective.
If, however, the existing standard requires a greater level of control than the risk-based standard, the more
stringent control applies.

-------
Introduction
of metals and chlorine, do not exceed emissions or feed rate Screening Limits.  The
emissions Screening Limits were developed by back-calculating from the RSDs and RACs
using dispersion coefficients for reasonable, worst-case facilities. The feed rate Screening
Limits were back-calculated from the emissions Screening Limits assuming that all metals
and chlorine fed to the device were emitted (i.e., no partitioning to bottom ash or removal
by air pollution control equipment).

       EPA emphasizes that permit writers choosing to. include permit provisions based on
this guidance must accept and respond to critical comment with an open mind, just as the
Agency has solicited public comment on  the proposed approach with an open mind.  In
addition, permit writers must justify in the  administrative record supporting the permit any
decisions based on the guidance. The administrative record to the proposed amendments to
the incinerator rules presents the basis for the proposed controls. Key parts of this record
are attached as Appendix I to this guidance document, and could serve to justify the permit
writer's use of the guidance. The key point, however, is that in using the guidance permit
writers must keep an open mind, accepting and responding to comment, and justifying use
of this guidance, or pans thereof, on the record, just  as  the Agency  will respond to
comment on its proposed rules and ultimately any final rule.

Overview of Guidance

      Through rulemaking, EPA is developing a tiered series of standards based entirely
upon evaluations of health risk. Though  they differ in design, each of the tiers  meets a
common objective.  That objective is to limit potential exposure of the most exposed
individual to carcinogenic and noncarcinogenic metals and HC1 to acceptable additional
risks, namely:
      •      That exposure to all carcinogenic metals of concern be limited such that the
             sum of the excess risks attributable to ambient concentrations of these
             metals not exceed an additional lifetime individual ris;   > the potential most
             exposed individual (MEI) of 10-5; and
      •      That exposure to each noncarcinogenic metal and HO be limited such that
             exposure to the potential  MEI does  not exceed the reference air
             concentration  (RAC).  For lead, the RAC is 10 percent of the National
                                  Introduction-2

-------
 Introduction
              Ambient Air Quality Standard.  For HC1, the RAC is 100 percent of the
              inhalation reference dose (RfD). For the other noncarcinogens, the RACs
              are 25 percent of the oral RfD convened, 1 to 1, to an inhalation RfD.

       Appendix I presents supporting information about health risks for carcinogens and
 noncarcinogens.

       Using air dispersion modeling for 25 reasonable, worst-case incinerators located in
 complex and noncomplex terrain, and for 11 hypothetical incinerators (representing  the
 range of release parameters for hazardous waste incinerators) assumed to be located at each
 of these 25 facilities, the Agency is proposing national performance standards for feed rates
 and emissions limits through a tiered approach.  Tier I would set limits on feed rates. The
 feed rate limits would be  back-calculated from the Tier II emission limits assuming no
 credit for partitioning of metals to bottom ash or for removal of metals or HC1 from stack
 gases by air pollution control devices (APCDs). Thus, the Tier I feed rate limits and the
 Tier n emission limits would be numerically equal but expressed in different units: Ib/hr
 feed rate versus g/sec emission rate. Compliance with Tier I could be demonstrated simply
 by analysis of waste feeds. Tier n would set emissions limits derived by back-calculating
 from ambient levels posing acceptable health risks  using dispersion coefficients  for
 reasonable, worst-case facilities. Compliance must be demonstrated by stack emissions
 tests; thus, partitioning to bottom ash and APCD removal efficiency would be considered.
 Tier HI would allow the applicant to demonstrate by site-specific dispersion modeling that
 emissions higher than  the Tier n limits will nonetheless not result in an exceedance of
 ambient levels that pose unacceptable health risks.  In effect, the applicant would be
 demonstrating that dispersion of emissions from the facility being permitted is better than
 for the reasonable, worst-case facilities used to derive the Tier n limits.

       In evaluating dispersion coefficients for maximum annual average ground level
 concentrations for the reasonable, worst-case facilities, EPA has initially determined  that
 terrain and land use classifications1 have a significant enough effect on dispersion
coefficients to establish different Tier I and Tier n screening limits for the following terrain
and land use categories:
       See Appendix I for definitions.
                                   Introduction-3

-------
Introduction
       For Metals
             A. Noncomplex terrain (i.e., flat or rolling)
                    1.     Urban land use
                    2.     Rural land use
             B. Complex terrain
       For HC1
             A. Noncomplex terrain
             B. Complex terrain

Authority

       Section 3005(c)(3) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as
amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (HSWA), provides
authority to EPA to establish permit conditions for hazardous waste facilities beyond the
scope of existing regulations.  It states, "(ejach permit...shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Administrator or State determines necessary to protect human health and
the environment."  This language has been added verbatim to EPA's hazardous waste
regulations at 40 CFR 270.32 by the Codification Rule published at 50 FR 28701-2875S
on July 15, 1985.l  It is also listed as a self-implementing HSWA provision at 40 CFR
271.l(j) in 51 FR 22712-23 (September 22,1986).

       Because this guidance is implemented under HSWA's omnibus authority, it may be
put into effect immediately in all States, regardless of their authorization status.  EPA has
authority to implement this guidance in authorized States until those States have revised
their own requirements and such revisions have been approved by EPA. This must occur
on or before July 1,1989.  (This assumes that the amendments to 40 CFR 264 Subpart O
to control metal emissions will be promulgated in August 1988. The schedule for revising
State requirements is given in 40 CFR 271.21(6X2), as revised at 51 FR 33722.)
1     The preamble to this regulation provides EPA's legal interpretation and discusses its impact on
State authorization 950 FR 28728-33).
                                  Introduction-4

-------
 Introduction
       At present, EPA does not have the authority to reopen existing permits to implement

this metals emission guidance.


Structure of This Document

       A risk-based approach to permitting can be relatively complex, but every effort has

been made to break up the necessary analyses into a series of simple steps.


       This guidance document is  divided into two principal parts:  (1)  a structured

working document containing step-by-step guidance, and (2) a series of appendices

describing the technical basis for the methods and assumptions  used. The working
document itself is divided into four separately-labeled tabs.  Each tab  contains all the

material necessary to complete the analysis specified. The series of steps needed to conduct

the analysis generally is as follows:

       Tab A  Data Gathering. Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of Screening Tables —
              The permit writer requests specific data from the applicant to determine the
              incinerator location (especially its surrounding terrain),  relevant factors
              affecting the dispersion of pollutants from the incinerator (its physical stack
              height and related information), and requested feed rates by  feed system.
              Using this information, the permit writer determines whether the Tiers I and
              n Screening Tables will be appropriate for the specific facility in question.1

       Tab B  Determine Feed Rate  or Emission Limits (Tiers I and ITV—If the Tier I and
              Tier n Screening Tables are appropriate, the permit writer uses Tab B. Its
              purpose is to provide the permit writer with tables to look up feed rate (Tier
              I) or emission (Tier n) limits for each pollutant based on terrain adjusted
              effective stack height

       TabC  Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)—If the Tier I and Tier
              n Screening Tables are not appropriate for the facility, or if the facility's
              feed rates and emissions exceed the values  provided by the Screening
              Tables, the permit writer determines whether to require the applicant to
              conduct a site-specific risk analysis or to conduct the modeling (and risk
              assessment) in house (for metals only).  If the modeling is  conducted in
              house  for flat terrain, the permit writer uses the Graphical Exposure
1      Although the Tier I and Tier II Screening Tables were derived from dispersion analyses of
reasonable, worst-case facilities, the limits may not be fully protective in every situation. A particular
facility may, in fact, have poorer dispersion than the reasonable, worst-case facilities used in EPA's
analyses.
                                    Introduction-5

-------
Introduction
             Modeling System (GEMS).  If the modeling is conducted in house for
             rolling or complex terrains, the permit writer may use a screening model
             approach when applicable. Appendix V contains a screening procedure that
             is applicable in  the special situations presented in Tab  C.  In these
             situations, it may be more advantageous to use the screening model in lieu
             of site-specific dispersion modeling. The screen provides a fast, easy
             method for estimating potential maximum ambient air concentrations (i.e.,
             dispersion coefficients).  The screening methodology is  based on air
             dispersion modeling conducted in accordance with EPA guidelines. It does
             not, however, require that air dispersion modeling be performed. Instead, it
             is a simple step-by-step process involving standardized release parameters
             and generic look-up tables.

      Tab D Determine Necessary Permit Conditions—Using  the feed  rate and/or
             emission limits from Tab B (Tiers I and II) or the results of site-specific
             modeling and risk analysis (or a screening model if applicable) as explained
             in Tab C  (Tier HI), the permit writer develops the necessary operating
             requirements for the incinerator and writes diem into the permit
                                   Introduction-*

-------
Introduction
       A detailed list of the steps in this document is presented below.

Overview of the Procedure for Establishing Limits

Tab A:      Data   Gathering.  Terrain  Analysis,  and  Applicability  of
             Screening  Tables

       Step  1:      Gather source data—(from applicant)

       Step  2.      Determine land use characteristics—(using the Auer method)

       Step  3.      Determine suitability of Tier I and Tier II Screening
                   Tables

                   —If suitable: go to Tab B

                   —If not suitable: go to Tab C

Tab B:      Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits fTiers I and m

       Step  1:      If there  is more than one  onsite hazardous waste
             incinerator stack, determine worst-case stack

       Step  2.      Define terrain

       Step  3.      Determine terrain adjusted effective stack height

       Step 4a:     Determine compliance with Tier I feed rate limits

                   —If limits exceeded: go to Tab B Step 4b

                   —If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D
                                 Introduction-?

-------
Introduction
Step 4b:     Determine compliance with Tier II emission  limits

                   — If limits exceeded: go to Tab C

                   — If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D

Tab C:      Site-Specific Modeling and Risk  Analysis (Tier
      Step I:     The permit writer determines whether to require the
                   applicant  to  conduct  site-specific dispersion modeling
                   (and risk  assessment)  or to conduct the  modeling (and
                   risk  assessment) in house.

                   —Applicant conducts the modeling and risk assessment: go to
                   Tab C Step 2

                   — Modeling and risk assessment conducted in house using GEMS
                          for applications when terrain rise is less than 10 percent of
                          stack height1

                          — If risk acceptable:  go to Tab D

                          — If risk unacceptable:  emissions must be reduced

                   — Where appropriate, modeling conducted in house using the
                          Appendix V Screen:

                          — If risk acceptable:  go to Tab D

                          — If risk unacceptable:  go to Tab C Step 2

      Step 2:     Applicant must submit  the dispersion modeling plan for
                   review  by the permit  writer  with assistance from the
                   Regional  Meteorologist or PAT
      It is expected that these modeling runs will be made without inputting terrain data.
                                  Introduction-8

-------
Introduction
      Step 3:     Applicant provides the model results and risk analysis
                  for review by  the permit  writer with assistance from the
                  Regional Meteorologist or PAT

Tab D:      Determine Necessary Permit Conditions
                               Introduction-9

-------
                               REFERENCES

USEPA.  1977. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning
   and Standards. Guidelines for Air Quality Maintenance Planning and Analysis —
   Volume 10 (Revised) — Procedures for Evaluating Air Quality Impact of New
   Stationary Sources. Research Triangle Park, N.C., EPA-450/4-77-001.

USEPA.  1986. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning
   and Standards. Guidelines on Air Quality Models (Revised).  Research Triangle Park,
   N.C., EPA-450/2-78-027R.

-------
Tab A:       Data Gathering, Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of
              Screening Tables

       The purpose of Tab A is to obtain all the data necessary to establish, using the
Screening Tables  provided in  Tab B, conservative feed rate or emission limits with
minimal effort by the applicant  and permit writer. This tab will also provide criteria to
determine whether or not the  feed rate and emission limits provided in Tab B should be
applied to a given facility. If these tables are inappropriate, the applicant normally would
be required to conduct dispersion modeling in conformance with the EPA "Guidelines on
Air Quality  Models."   In  some  cases,  however, when the  Screening Tables are
inappropriate or for the reasons identified in Tab C, the permit writer may use a screening
model (Sullivan  and  Hlinka, 1988) described in Appendix V to predict dispersion
coefficients rather than requiring the applicant to conduct site-specific modeling.

       Appendix IV contains worksheets to assist the applicant in providing the permit
writer with the information required for the analysis.
       Tab A consists of the following four steps:
       •      Step 1:      Gather source data—(from applicant)
                 •                             ^      f f     *
             Step 2:      Select urban/rural classifications

             Step 3:      Determine suitability of Tier I and Tier n Screening Tables
                           — If suitable: go to Tab B
                 9
— If suitable: go to Tab B
— If not suitable: go to Tab C
                                    Tab A-l

-------
Tab A: Data  Gathering, Terrain Analysis,  and Applicability of Screening  Tables
Step  1:  Gather
source data  (from
applicant): The first
step is to ensure that the
applicant provides the
information identified in
WORKSHEET 1 (see
Appendix IV), and
submits U.S. Geologic
Survey (USGS) 7.5
minute topographic maps
showing the terrain within
5 km of the facility.
(A)    This form requests information about the following
       items:

       •      Facility geographical location

       •      Terrain parameters

       •      Stack parameters

       •      Dimensions of and distances to nearby
             buildings from the incinerator unit or units

       •      Requested metal and chlorine feed rates.
                                     Tab A-2

-------
Tab  A: Data Gathering, Terrain Analysis, and Applicability of Screening Tables
Step 2:  Determine
land use
characteristics (using
the Auer method).
(A)    Determine land use characteristics within 3 km of the
       stack using the Auer method provided in Appendix I.

       Topographic maps, zoning maps and/or aerial
       photographs can be used to identify land use types.
       However, this approach can be time consuming and
       cumbersome.   As an alternative, a  simplified
       procedure  is  shown  in Appendix  I, which is
       consistent with the EPA Guideline on Air Quality
       Models.

(B)    Determine the percentage of urban land use types (as
       defined in Appendix I) that fall within 3 km of the
       facility.

       A planimeter may be used to trace the boundaries of
       the urban sections to determine the percentage urban
       area,

(Q    The ratio of the urban  area to the area of the 3 km
       circle multiplied by 100 will be the percentage of land
       use that is urban.

(D)    If the urban land use types are less than or equal to
       30 percent urban based on a visual estimate (or 50
       percent if based on a planimeter), use the rural tables
       in Tab B.

       If the urban land use types (as defined in Appendix I)
       are greater than 30 percent (or 50 percent based on
       planimeter measurements), the most conservative
       (lower) value between the urban and rural Screening
       Tables should be used,  or the standard Auer land use
       technique applied (Auer 1978, EPA 1986 Guideline
       on Air Quality Models).
                                    Tab A-3

-------
Tab A: Data Gathering, Terrain Analysis, and  Applicability of Screening  Tables
Step  3;   Determine the    (A)    If any of the following criteria are associated with the
suitability  (subject to           application,  it is  recommended that site-specific
comment during the             modeling (or the screening model) be used  in lieu of
permit proceeding) of          the Tier I and Tier n Screening Tables presented in
Tier I and  Tier H                Tab B:
Screening  Tables:
This step is  to decide,              •      Facility is located in a narrow valley less than
based on the following                     1 km wide.
criteria, whether or not the
facility can be evaluated             •      Facility has a stack taller than 20 m and is
using the feed rate and                 •   located such that the terrain rises to the
emission limit tables.                      physical stack height within 1 km of the
                                         facility.

                                  •      Facility has a stack taller than 20 m and is
                                         located within 5 km of the shoreline of a large
                                         body of water (such as an ocean or large
                                         lake).

                                  •      If the physical stack height of any stack is
                                          less than 2.5 times the height of the building
                                         identified with that stack on WORKSHEET 1
                                          and the distance from the stack to the closest
                                          boundary is within five building heights of
                                          the associated building or five projected
                                          widths of the associated building, then site
                                          specific analysis is required because of
                                          potential downwash complications at MEI
                                          receptors.

                            (B)   If the Screening Tables are determined to be suitable,
                                  confirm this with Regional Meteorologist or PAT,
                                  and go to Tab B; if not, go to Tab C.
                                      Tab A-4

-------
Tab B:       Determine Feed Rates or Emission  Limits (Tier I and Tier IT)

       The purpose of Tab B is to determine if the applicant's proposed  feed rates or
documented, measured emission rates exceed the values established in the Screening
Tables.

       The Screening Tables classify facilities in terms of terrain-adjusted effective stack
height, terrain characteristics, and urban versus rural land use. Both the effective stack
height and the screening feed rates or emission limits are determined simply by reading
numbers off of Tier I and Tier H Screening Tables provided in the tab.  If the facility has
more than one hazardous waste incinerator stack onsite, it is recommended that permit
writers choose the most conservative  (i.e., worst-case) stack as representative (all
pollutants are assumed to be emitted from the worst-case stack).

       Tab B consists of the following three recommended steps:
       •       Step 1:        If there is more than one onsite hazardous waste incinerator
                           stack, determine worst-case stack
       •       Step 2:        Define terrain
       •       Step 3:        Determine terrain-adjusted effective stack height
       •       Step 4a:      Compare applicant's proposed feed rates to limits in Tier I
                           Screening Tables
                           — If limits exceeded: go to Tab B Step 4b
                           — The applicant may decide to accept lower limits than
                               those proposed
                           — If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D
       •      Step 4b:      Compare applicant's documented emission rates to limits in
                           Tier H Screening Tables
                           — If limits exceeded: go to Tab C
                           — The applicant may decide to accept lower limits than
                              those proposed
                           — If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D
                                     Tab B-l

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission  Limits (Tier I and Tier  II)
Step  1-.   Determine
worst-case stack  for
multiple stack  sites.
Step  2:   Define
terrain:  The second step
is to determine whether
the facility lies in complex
or noncomplex (i.e.,
rolling or flat) terrain.
       For sites with a single stack,go directly to Step 2.
       For facilities with multiple stacks, the following
       procedure must be considered in identifying  the
       worst case stack.

       Apply the following equation to each stack:

                    K = HVT

       Where:K » An arbitrary parameter accounting for relative
       influence of physical stack height and plume rise.

              H =   Stack height (m)

              V *   Flow rate (m3/sec)

              T»    Exhaust temperature (K)).

       The stack with the lowest value of K is the worst-
       case stack.

(A)    From  the  data  provided on  WORKSHEET 1,
       compare the maximum terrain rise with the physical
       stack height For sites with multiple stacks, use the
       worst case stack identified in Step 1, Tab  B. If the
       terrain rise, within 5 km, is greater than the physical
       stack height, the  facility  is considered  to be in
       complex terrain for the purposes of this analysis.

(B)    The determination of terrain should be reviewed by
       the Regional Meteorologist or PAT.
                                     Tab B-2

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission  Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Step 3:  Determine
terrain-adjusted
effective stack  height.
(A)    If any stack's physical height  is less than  the
       minimum GEP (Good Engineering Practice) stack
       height, then we recommend that a 4 m stack height
       be used as the terrain-adjusted stack height and this is
       defined as the worst case stack for subsequent
       analyses.   If this condition applies go  to Tab B
       Step 4a.

Note:  Minimum GEP is defined by the following equation:

              GEP (minimum) =H + 1JL

Where;  H»    Height of a nearby structure (i.e., the stack's
              associated building from WORKSHEET 1) measured
              from ground level elevation at the base of the stack

       L *    The lesser dimension of the height or projected width
              of a nearby structure (i.e., the stack's associated
              building from WORKSHEET 1)

(B)    Use the stack gas exit flow rate and temperature to
       determine the corresponding plume rise value from
       Table B-l. For sites with multiple stacks, use data
       for the worst case stack determined in Step 1.

(Q    Add the plume rise value to die actual physical stack
       height to determine the effective stack height

(D)    Subtract the maximum terrain rise within 5 km from
       this value to determine the terrain-adjusted effective
       stack height

       If die terrain-adjusted effective stack height minus the
       maximum terrain is less  than 4 meters (or  is a
       negative number), then use 4 meters as the terrain-
       adjusted effective stack height The tables have been
       calculated such that the limits given for the 4 meter
       stack height  are to be conservative for any stack
       height of 4 meters or less.

       Note 1: The ISCLT and ISCST dispersion  models
       were used to develop the screening tables.  These
       models, like most EPA models,  contain a term to
       adjust wind speed as a function of physical release
       height.  Wind speed approaches zero as the height of
       release approaches  zero.   This results in  the
       concentration  term unrealistically increasing as
                                     Tab B-3

-------
Tab B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier, I and Tier II)
                                 release height approaches zero.  Since low level
                                 structures such as storage tanks, buildings, and
                                 miscellaneous equipment, will result in low level
                                 mixing, a zero effective release height would not be a
                                 realistic treatment for an incinerator release, even
                                 those with physical  release heights less  than 4
                                 meters.

                                 Note:2:   We recommend  that the physical stack
                                 height used in this exercise to determine the terrain •
                                 adjusted effective stack height be no greater than the
                                 maximum GEP (Good Engineering Practice) stack
                                 height for the facility.

                                 The maximum GEP physical stack height is defined
                                 as the greater of 65 meters or H + 15L, where,

                                 H s Height of a nearby structure (i.e., the stack's
                                 associated  building  from   WORKSHEET  1)
                                 measured from ground level elevation at the base of
                                 the stack.

                                 L = The lesser dimension of the height or projected
                                 width  of  a  nearby  structure (i.e.,  the stack's
                                 associated building from WORKSHEET 1).
                                    Tab B-4

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier ID
Step 4a:   Determine
compliance  with Tier
I feed rate  limits.
Noncarcinogen^

(A)    Using the following tables, read the Tier I feed rate
       limit for each  pollutant that corresponds to the
       appropriate terrain-adjusted effective stack height:

       •       Table B-2 for metals, noncomplex terrain

       •       Table B-3 for metals, complex terrain.

              Table B-10 for HQ

(B)    Compare the applicant's proposed total pollutant feed
       rates with the Tier I limits determined above for each
       metal:

       •       If limits  exceeded: go to Tab B Step 4b

              —The applicant may decide to accept lower
              limits than those proposed instead of going to
              Tab B Step 4b (Tier H)

       •       If limits  not exceeded: go to Tab D.

       Note:  The recommended means of making this
       determination for facilities with multiple onsite stacks
       is to compare the Tier I limit for each pollutant with
       the total feed rate for all incinerators (i.e.. all feeds
       are assumed to be fed through the i.e.,  worst-case
       stack).

Carcinogens

(A)    Using the following tables, read the Tier I feed rate
       limit  for each metal  that corresponds to  the
       appropriate terrain -effective stack height:

       •       Table B-4 for noncomplex terrain

       •       Table B-5  for complex terrain.

(B)    If  only  one carcinogenic  metal is incinerated,
       compare  the applicant's proposed feed rate with the
       Tier I standard determined above:

       •       If limits exceeded: go to Tab B Step 4b

              —The applicant may decide to accept lower

          Tab B-5

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier  I and  Tier II)
                                         metals limits than those proposed instead of
                                         going to Tab B Step 4b (Tier n)

                                  •      If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.

                            (C)   If multiple carcinogenic metals are incinerated, then
                                  the sum of the ratios of the proposed total feed rates
                                  (actual feed rate) by metal, to the feed rate limits must
                                  not exceed 1.0.  The following equation would be
                                  used:
                             n

                            I
   Actual Feed Rate,
Tier I Feed Rate Limit,
                                  Where i * carcinogenic metals considered.

                                  If the above equation is > 1.0, then the limits are
                                  exceeded

                                          If limits exceeded: go to Tab B Step 4b

                                          —The applicant may decide to accept lower
                                          metals limits than those proposed instead of
                                          going to Tab B Step 4b (Tier n)

                                  •       If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.

                                  Note: For facilities with multiple onsite stacks, it is
                                  recommended that permit writers compare the Tier I
                                  limit for each metal with the total feed rate for all
                                  incinerators {i.e., all feeds  are  assumed to be fed
                                  through the worst-case stack).
                                      Tab

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or  Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
Step 4h:  Determine
compliance with Tier
II emission limits.
(A)    Using the following tables, read the Tier II emission
       limit for each pollutant that  corresponds to the
       appropriate terrain-adjusted effective stack height:

       •      Table B-6 for metals, noncomplex terrain

       •      Table B-7 for metals, complex terrain.

             Table B-11 for HQ

(B)    Compare the actual emission rates with the Tier II
       limits determined above:

       •      If limits exceeded: go to Tab C

             —The applicant may decide to accept lower
             limits than those proposed instead of
             going to Tab C and performing site-specific
             modeling

       •      If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D,

       Note: For facilities with multiple onsite stacks, it is
       recommended that the permit writer compare the Tier
       II limit for each pollutant with the total emission rate
       for all incinerators (i.e., all emissions are assumed to
       be emitted from the worst-case stack).

Carcinogens

(A)    Using the following tables, read the Tier II emission
       limit for each  metal  that corresponds to  the
       appropriate terrain-adjusted effective stack height:

       •      Table B-8 for noncomplex terrain

       •      Table B-9 for complex terrain.

(B)    If only one  carcinogenic  metal is incinerated,
       compare the actual emission rate with the Tier II
       standard determined above:

             If limits exceeded: go to Tab C

             —The applicant may decide to accept lower
                                     Tab B-7

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission  Limits (Tier I and Tver
                         ID
                                      '\  metals limits than those proposed instead of
                                         going to Tab C and performing site-specific
                                         modeling

                                  •      If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.

                           (C)    If multiple carcinogenic metals are incinerated, then
                                  the sum of the ratios of the actual emission rates to
                                  the emission limits  must not  exceed  1.0.  The
                                  following equation would be used:
                            y
                            ^^   Tier II Emission Limit,
                            i > 1
Actual Emissions,
                                  Where i» carcinogenic metals considered.

                                  If the above equation is > 1.0, then the limits are

                                  exceeded:

                                  •      If limits exceeded:  go to Tab C

                                         —The applicant may decide to accept lower
                                         metals limits than those proposed instead of
                                         going to Tab C and performing site-specific
                                         modeling

                                  •      If limits not exceeded: go to Tab D.

                                  Note: For facilities with multiple onsite stacks, it is
                                  recommended that the permit writer compare the Tier
                                  II limit for each pollutant with the total emission rate
                                  for all  incinerators  (i.e., all emissions would be
                                  assumed to be emitted from the worst-case stack).

                                  The information in the following tables was derived
                                         from risk assessments of reasonable worst-
                                  case   scenarios. Technical background information
                                  is      included in Appendix I.
                                     Tab B-8

-------
Tab B:  Determine Feed Rate  or Emission  Limits (Tier I aad  Tier II)
                                         Table  B-1
                     Plume  Rise  Values (m)  vs. stack Parameters

Flow rate*
(m3/s«c)
<0.5
0.5-0.9
1.0-1.9
2.0-2.9
3.0-3.9
4.0-4.9
5.0-7.4
7.5-9.9
10.0-12.4
12.5-14.9
15.0-19.9
20.0-24.9
25.0-29.9
30.0-34.9
35.0-39.9
40.0-49.9
50.0-59.9
60.0-69.9
>69.9
Exhaust temperature (K)
<325
0
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
16
18
325-
349
0
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
5
6
8
9
10
12
13
15
18
20
350-
399
0
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
7
8
9
11
13
15
17
19
22
26
29
400-
449
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
13
17
20
22
25
28
33
38
42
450-
499
1
1
2
4
5
6
7
10
12
14
16
20
24
27
31
34
40
45
49
500-
599
1
1
2
4
6
7
8
11
14
16
19
23
27
31
35
39
44
50
54
600-
699
1
2
3
5
7
8
10
13
16
19
22
27
32
37
41
44
50
56
62
700-
799
1
2
3
5
7
9
11
14
18
21
24
30
35
40
44
48
55
61
67
800-
999
1
2
3
6
8
10
11
15
19
22
26
32
38
42
46
50
57
64
70
1000
1499
1
3
4
6
8
10
12
17
21
24
28
35
41
45
50
54
61
68
75
>1499
1
2
4
7
9
11
13
18
23
27
31
38
44
49
54
58
66
74
81
     (1)  Using the given stack exit flow rate and gas temperature,
         find the corresponding plume rise value from the above table.

     (2)  Add the physical stack height to the corresponding plume rise values
         [effective stack height • physical stack height + plume rise).

     'Plume rise is a function of buoyancy and momentum which are in turn
      functions of flow rate, not simply exit velocity.  Row Rate is defined
      as the inner cross-sectional area of the stack multiplied by the exit
      velocity of the stack gases.
                                          Tab B-9

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier  I and Tier  II)
                                       Table  B-2
                 Feed Rat*  Screening Limits for  Noncarcinogenic Metals
                          for Facilities In  Noneomplax Terrain

Tarrain-adjustad
affactiva
stack height
4m
•jm
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for urban areas
Antimony
(Ib/hr)
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.8E-01
3.1E-01
3.5E-01
4.0E-01
4.5E-01
5.1E-01
5.7E-01
6.5E-01
8.3E-01
1.1E+00
1.4E+00
1.7E+00
Z2E+00
2.7E+00
3.3E+00
3.7E+00
4.2E-MX)
4.8E+00
5.4E+00
6£E*00
7.0E+00
a.oE+00
9.0E+00
1.0E+01
1.2E+01
1.3E+01
Barium
(Ib/hr)
2.2E+01
Z5E+01
2.8E+01
3.2E+01
3.6E-t-01
4.1E*01
4.6E-t-01
5.2E+01
5.9E+01
6.6E*01
7.5E*01
8.5E+01
9.6E+01
1.1E-M32
1.4E>02
1.8E*02
2.3E*02
Z9E+02
3.6E>02
4.5E-K02
5.5E*02
6.2E*02
7.0E+02
8.0E*02
9.1E*02
1.0E^03
1.2E*03
1.3E+03
1.5E+03
1.7E+03
1.9E*03
2.2E+03
Lead
(Ib/hr)
4.0E-02
4.5E-02
5.1E-02
5.8E-02
6.5E-02
7.3E-02
8.3E-02
9.4E-02
1.1E-01
1.2E-01
1.4E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.5E-01
3.2E-01
4.1E-01
5.2E-01
6.5E-01
8.0E-01
9.9E-01
1.1E*00
1.3E*00
1.4E-MDO
1.66-^00
1.9E+00
Z1E+00
2.4E*00
2.7E+00
3.1E-.-00
3.5E-fOO
4.0E-I-00
Mercury
(Ib/hr)
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.8EO1
3.1E-01
3.5E-01
4.0E-01
4.5E-01
5.1E-01
5.7E-01
6.5E-01
8.3E-01
1.1E*00
1.3E>00
1.7E*00
Z2E+00
2.7E+00
3.3E+00
3.7E+00
4.2E-^00
4.8E*00
5.4E+00
6J2E*00
7.0E-MX
7.9E*00
9.0E*00
1.0E+01
1^E+01
1.3E+01
Silver
(Ib/hr)
1.3E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E+00
1.9E*00
2.2E+00
2.4E*00
2.8E+00
3.1E*00
3.5E+00
4.0E+00
4.5E+00
5.1E+00
5.7E+00
6.5E*00
8.3E*00
1.1E+01
1.4E*01
1.7E*01
2.2E*01
2.7E^01
3.3E+01
3.7E+01
4.2E*01
4.8E*01
5.4E*01
6.2E+01
7.0E*01
8.0E+01
9.0E+01
1.0E+02
1.2E+02
1.3E+02
Thallium
(Ib/hr)
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2^E-01
2.4E-01
2.8E-01
3.1E-01
3.5E-01
4.0E-01
4.5E-01
5.1E-01
5.7E-01
6.5E-01
8.3E-01
1.1E+00
1.4E+00
1.7E+00
Z2E*00
2.7E+00
3.3E-COO
3.7E+00
4.2E*00
4.8E+00
5.4E+00
6.2E*00
7.0E+00
8.0E+00
9.0E+00
1.0E*01
1.2E+01
1.3E+01
                                      Tab  B-10

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier  I and Tier II)
                                    Table B-2 (Cont.)
                 Feed  Rat* Screening Limits for Noncarclnoganle  Metals
                           for  Facilities  In  Noncomplex Terrain

Terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for rural areas
Antimony
(Ib/hr)
6.9E-02
7.9E-0?
9.0E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.9E-01
2.4E-01
2.9E-01
3.8E-01
4.8E-01
6.1E-01
7.7E-01
9.8E-01
1. 66+00
2.46+00
3.3E+00
4.46+00
5.86+00
7.6E+00
1.06+01
1.2E+01
1.4E+01
1.76+01
2.06+01
2.46+01
2.96+01
3.46+01
4.1 6*01
4.86+01
5.86+01
6.96+01
Barium
(Ib/hr)
1.1E+01
1.36+01
1.56+01
1.76+01
2.1E+01
2.6E+01
3.2E*01
4.0E+01
4.9E+01
6.3E-M31
8.0E-K01
1.0E+02
1.3E>02
1.6E*02
2.6E^02
4.0E+02
5.5E+02
7.3E*02
9.6E*02
1.3E+03
1.7E+03
ZOE*03
Z4E*03
Z8E-MD3
3.4E*03
4.0E+03
4.8E+03
5.7E*03
6.8E+03
8.1E*03
9.6E+03
1.1E+04
Lead
(Ib/hr)
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.1E-02
3.8E-02
4.6E-02
5.7E-02
7.1E-02
8.8E-02
1.1E-01
1.4E-01
1.8E-01
2.3E-01
2.9E-01
4.7E-01
7.1E-01
9.9E-01
1.3E+00
1.7E*00
2.3E-^00
3.0E*00
3.6E+00
4.3E*00
5.1E+00
S.lE-fOO
7.2E+00
8.6E+00
1.0E>01
1.2E-MD1
1.5E*01
1.7E+01
2.1E+01
Mercury
(Ib/hr)
6.9E-02
7.9E-02
9.0E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.5E-01
1.9E-01
2.4E-01
2.9E-01
3.7E-01
4.8E-01
6.1E-01
7.7E-01
9.8E-01
1.6E-MXI
Z4E+00
3.3E-KOO
4.4E+00
5.8E+00
7.6E*00
1.0E*01
1.2E*01
1.4E+01
1.76*01
ZOE-K01
Z4E-MD1
2.9E*01
3.46*01
4.16*01
4.86*01
5.86*01
6.96*01
Silver
(Ib/hr)
6.9E-01
7.96-01
9.0E-01
1.0E+00
1.3E*00
1.5E*00
1.9E*00
2.4E*00
2.9E*00
3.8E*00
4.8E*00
6.1E+00
7.7E*00
9.8E+00
1.6E*01
Z4E*01
3.3E*01
4.4E*01
5.8E*01
7.6E*01
1.0E*02
1.26*02
1.46*02
1.76+02
£06+02
2.46*02
Z9E*02
3.46*02
4.16*02
4.86+02
5.86+02
6.96+02
Thallium
(Ib/hr)
6.96-02
7.96-02
9.06-02
1.0E-01
1.36-01
1.56-01
1.96-01
2.4E-01
2.9E-01
3.8E-01
4.8E-01
6.1E-01
7.7E-01
9.8E-01
1.6E+00
2.4E+00
3.36+00
4.46+00
5.86+00
7.6E+00
1.06+01
1.2E+01
1. 46+01
1.7E+01
2.06+01
2.46+01
2.9E+01
3.46+01
4.16+01
4.8E+01
5.8E+01
6.96+01
                                      Tab B-ll

-------
Tab  B:   Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
                                       Table  B-3
                 Feed  R«t« Screening Limit* for  Noncarcinoganic Metals
                            for Facilities In Complex Terrain

Terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
96m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for us* In urban and rural areas
Antimony
(Ib/hr)
3.1E-02
4.6E-02
6.7E-02
9.9E-02
1.2E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.1E-01
2.3E-01
2.6E-01
2.9E-01
3.2E-01
3.5E-01
4.4E-01
5.4E-01
6.6E-01
8.1E-01
1.0E+00
1.2E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E+00
1.9E+00
2.1E+00
2.4E+00
Z7E+00
3.0E+00
3.4E+00
3.8E+00
4.2E+00
4.7E+00
5.3E+00
Barium
(Ib/hr)
5.2E+00
7.7E+00
1.1E+01
1.7E+01
2.0E+01
2.5E+01
2.9E+01
3.2E+01
3.5E+01
3.9E+01
4.3E+01
4.8E+01
5.3E-MD1
5.8E+01
7.3E*01
8.9E*01
1.1E+02
1.4E+02
1.7E+02
2.1E+02
2.5E*02
2.8E+02
3.2E+02
3.6E+02
4.0E+C2
4.5E+02
5.0E-M32
5.6E>02
6.3E+02
7.0E-M32
7.9E+02
8.8E-MD2
Lead
(Ib/hr)
9.4E-03
1.4E-02
2.0E-02
3.0E-02
3.6E-02
4.4E-02
5.2E-02
5.7E-02
6.3E-02
7.0E-02
7.7E-02
8.6E-02
9.5E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
2.0E-01
2.4E-01
3.0E-01
3.7E-01
4.6E-01
5.1E-01
5.7E-01
6.4E-01
7.2E-01
8.0E-01
9.0E-01
1.0E>00
1.1E-MX)
1.3E+00
1.4E-fOO
1.6E+00
Mercury
(Ib/hr)
3.1E-02
4.6E-02
6.7E-02
9.9E-02
1.2E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.1E-01
2.3E-01
2.6E-01
2.9E-01
3.2E-01
3.5E-01
4.3E-01
5.4E-01
6.6E01
8.1E-01
1.0E*00
1.2E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E*00
1.9E+00
2.1E*00
^4E*00
2.7E+00
3.0E-KOO
3.4E-MX)
3.8E+00
4.2E+00
4.7E+00
5.3E+00
Silver
(Ib/hr)
3.1E-01
4.6E-01
6.7E-01
9.9E-01
1.2E-t-00
1.5E*00
1.7E*00
1.9E+00
2.1E+00
2.3E+00
2.6E4-00
2.9E+00
3.2E>00
3.5E-KOO
4.4E+00
5.4E4-00
6.6E+00
8.1E4-00
1.0E+01
1.2E+01
1.SE+01
1.7E+01
1.9E*01
2.1E*01
Z4E+01
iTE+01
3.0E+01
3.4E*01
3.8E+01
4.2E+01
4.7E+01
5.3E+01
Thallium
(Ib/hr)
3.1E-02
4.6E-02
6.7E-02
9.9E-02
1.2E-01
1.5E-01
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.1E-01
2.3E-01
2.6E-01
2.9E-01
3.2E-01
3.5E-01
4.4E-01
5.4E-01
6.6E-01
8.1E-01
1.0E+00
1.2E+00
1.5E-fOO
1.7E+00
1.9E+00
2.1E^OO
2.4E400
Z7E+00
3.0E>00
3.4E+00
3.8E>00
4.2E+00
4.7E+00
5.3E+00
                                      Tab B-12

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
                                        Table  B-4
                    Feed Rat* Screening  Limit* for Carcinogenic Metal*
                           for FacUIti** In Noncomplex  Terrain

Terrain-adjust *d
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for u*e In urban areas
Arsenic
(Ib/hr)
1.0E-03
1.2E-Q3
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.7E-03
1.9E-03
2.1E-03
2.4E-03
2.7E-03
3.1E-03
3.5E-03
3.9E-03
4.5E-03
5.0E-03
6.5E-03
8.2E-03
1.0E-02
1.3E-02
1.7E-02
2.1E-02
Z5E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.7E-02
4.2E-02
4.8E-02
5.4E-02
6.2E-02
7.0E-02
7.9E-02
9.0€02
1.0E-01
Cadmium
(Ib/hr)
2.5E-03
2.8E-03
3.2E-03
3.6E-03
4.0E-03
4.5E-03
5.1E-03
5.8E-03
6.5E-03
7.4E-03
8.3E-03
9.4E-03
1.1E-02
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
2.0E-02
2.5E-02
3.2E-02
4.0E-02
5.0E-02
6.1E-02
6.9E-02
7.8E-02
8.9E-02
.OE-01
.1E-01
.3E-01
.5E-01
.7E-01
.9E-01
2^E-01
2.4E-01
Chromium
(Ib/hr)
3.7E-04
4.2E-04
4.7E-04
5.3E-04
6.0E-04
6.8E-04
7.76-04
8.7E-04
9.8E-04
1.1E-03
1.3E-03
1.4E-03
1.6E-03
1.8E-03
Z3E-03
2.9E-03
3.8E-03
4.8E-03
6.1E-03
7.4E-03
9.1E-03
1.0E-02
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.5E-02
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.2E-02
2.5E-02
2.8E-02
3.2E-02
3.7E-02
Beryllium
(Ib/hr)
1.9E-03
2.1E-03
2.4E-03
2.7E-03
3.0E-03
3.4E-03
3.8E-03
4.3E-03
4.9E-03
5.5E-03
6.3E-03
7.1E-03
8.0E-03
9.0E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
2.4E-02
3.0E-02
3.7E-02
4.6E-02
5.2E-02
5.9E-02
6.7E-02
7.6E-02
8.6E-02
9.7E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.4E-01
1.6E-01
1.8E-01
Values for us* In rural areas
Arsenic
(Ib/hr)
5.3E-04
6.1E-04
7.0E-04
3.0E-04
9.8E-04
1.2E-03
1.5E-03
1.8E-03
Z3E-03
2.9E-03
3.7E-03
4.7E-03
6.0E-03
7.6E-03
1.2E-02
1.8E-02
2.6E-02
3.4E-02
4.5E-02
5.9E-02
7.8E-02
9.3E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
Z6E-01
3.2E-01
3.7E-01
4.5E-01
5.3E-01
Cadmium
(Ib/hr)
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.7E-03
1.9E-03
2.3E-03
2.9E-03
3.5E-03
4.4E-03
5.5E-03
6.9E-03
8.8E-03
1.1E-02
1.4E-02
1.8E-02
2.9E-02
4.4E-02
6.1E-02
8.1E-02
1.1E-01
1.4E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.6E-01
3.1E-01
3.7E-01
4.5E-01
5.3E-01
6.3E-01
7.5E-01
9.0E-01
1.1E+00
1.3E*00
Chromium
(Ib/hr)
1.9E-04
2.2E-04
Z5E-04
2.9E-04
3.5E-04
4.3E-04
5.3E-04
6.6E-04
8.2E-04
1.0E-03
1.3E-03
1.7E-03
2.1E-03
2.7E-03
4.3E-03
6.6E-03
9.2E-03
1.2E-02
1.6E-02
Z1E-02
Z8E-02
3.3E-02
4.0E-02
4.7E-02
5.6E-02
6.7E-02
8.0E-02
9.5E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
Beryllium
(Ib/hr)
9.5E-04
1.1E-03
1.3E-03
1.4E-03
1.8E-03
2.1E-03
2.6E-03
3.3E-03
4.1E-03
5.2E-03
6.6E-03
8.4E-03
1.1E-02
1.4E-02
2.2E-02
3.3E-02
4.6E-02
6.1E-02
8.0E-02
1.1E-01
1.4E-01
1.7E-01
2.0E-01
2.4E-01
2.8E-01
3.3E-01
4.0E-01
4.7E-01
5.6E-01
6.7E-01
8.0E-01
9.5E-01
                                      Tab  B-13

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate  or  Emission  Limits  (Tier I and Tier II)
                                        Table B-5
                   Feed  Rat* Screening Limits for Carcinogenic Metals
                             for Facilities  In  Complex Terrain

Terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for urban and rural areas
Arsenic
(Ib/hr)
2.4E-04
3.6E-04
5.2E-04
7.7E-04
9.4E-04
1.1E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.6E-03
1.8E-03
2.0E-03
2.2E-03
2.5E-03
2.7E-03
3.4E-03
4.2E-03
5.1E-03
6.3E-03
7.8E-03
9.6E-03
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.5E-02
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.1E-02
2.3E-02
2.6E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.7E-02
4.1E-02
Cadmium
(Ib/hr)
5.8E-04
8.5E-04
1.2E-03
1.8E-03
2.2E-03
2.7E-03
3.2E-03
3.5E-03
3.9E-03
4.3E-03
4.8E-03
5.3E-03
5.9E-03
6.5E-03
8.1E-03
9.9E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
2.3E-02
2.8E-02
3.2E-02
3.5E-02
4.0E-02
4.4E-02
5.0E-02
5.6E-02
6.2E-02
7.0E-02
7.8E-02
8.7E-02
9.8E-02
Chromium
(\M\r)
8.7E-05
1.3E-04
1.9E-04
2.8E-04
3.4E-04
4.1E-04
4.8E-04
5.3E-04
5.9E-04
6.5E-04
7.2E-04
7.9E-04
8.8E-04
9.7E-04
1.2E<0
1.5E-03
1.8E-03
Z3E-03
Z8E-03
3.4E-03
4.2E-03
4.7E-03
5.3E-03
5.9E-03
6.7E-03
7.4E^J3
8.3E-03
9.3E-03
1.0E-02
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.5E-02
Beryllium
(Ib/hr)
4.4E-04
6.4E-04
9.4E-04
1.4E-03
1.7E-03
2.1E-03
2.4E-03
Z6E-03
2.9E-03
3.2E-03
3.6E-03
4.0E-03
4.4E-03
4.9E-03
6.0E-03
7.4E-03
9.2E-03
1.1E-02
1.4E-02
1.7E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.0E-02
3.3E-02
3.7E-02
4.2E-02
4.7E-02
5.2E-02
5.9E-02
6.5E-02
7.3E-02
                                       Tab  B-14

-------
|Tab B:
Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
                                       TabU  B-6
                 Emissions Screening Limits  for Noncarclnogenlc Metal*
                           for  Facilities  In  Noncomplex  Terrain

Terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for urban areas
Antimony
(g/sec)
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
£7E-02
3.1E-02
3.5E-02
3.9E-02
4.4E-02
5.0E-02
5.7E-02
6.4E-02
7.2E-02
8.2E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.7E-01
Z2E-01
2.7E-01
3.4E-01
4.1E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
8.0E-01
6.9E-01
7.8E-01
8.8E-01
1.0E+00
1.1E+00
1.3E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E+00
Barium
(g/sec)
2.8E+00
3.2E+00
3.6E+00
4.0E+00
4.6E+00
5.1E+00
5.8E+00
6.6E+00
7.4E+00
8.4E^OO
9.5E-fOO
1.1E+01
1.2E+01
1.4E+01
1.8E+01
2^E-MD1
2.8E+01
3.6E401
4.6E*01
5.6E-MD1
6.9E+01
7.8E+01
8.9E+01
1.0E*02
1.1E+02
1.3E-M32
1.5E+02
1.7E*02
1.9E-MD2
22E+02
2.4E-MD2
2.8E+02
Lead
(g/sec)
5.1E-03
5.7E-03
6.4E-03
7.3E-03
8.2E-03
9.3E-03
1.0E-02
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.5E-02
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.2E-02
2.5E-02
3.2E-02
4.0E-02
5.1E-02
6.5E-02
8.2E-02
1.0E-01
1.2E-01
1.4E-01
1.6E-01
1.8E-01
2.1E-01
2.3E-01
2.7E-01
3.0E-01
3.4E-01
3.9E-01
4.4E-01
5.0E-01
Mercury
(g/sec)
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.1E-02
3.5E-02
3.9E-02
4.4E-02
5.0E-02
5.7E-02
6.4E-02
7.2E-02
3.2E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.7E-01
2.2E-01
2.7E-01
3.4E-01
4.1EX)1
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
6.0E-01
6.9E-01
7.8E-01
8.8E-01
1.0E+00
1.1E*00
1.3E-t-00
1.5E*00
1.7E*00
Silver
(q/sec)
1.7E-01
1.9E-01
2.1E-01
2.4E-01
2.7E-01
3.1E-01
3.5E-01
3.9E-01
4.4E-01
5.0E-01
5.7E-01
6.4E-01
7.2E-01
8.2E-01
1.1E+00
1.3E-M»
1.7E+00
Z26-MX)
Z7E+00
3.4E+00
4.1E*00
4.7E*00
5.3E*00
6.0E>00
6.9E+00
7.8E^OO
8.8E+00
1.06-hOI
1.1E*01
1.3E+01
1.5E-MD1
1.7E+01
Thallium
(g/sec)
1.7E-02
1.9E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
iTE-02
3.1E-02
3.5E-02
3.9E-02
4.4E-02
5.0E-02
5.7E-02
6.4E-02
7.2E-02
8.2E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.7E-01
Z2E-01
2.7E-01
3.4E-01
4.1E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
6.0E-01
6.9E-01
7.8E-01
8.8E-01
LOEfOO
1.1E+00
1.3E+00
1.5E+00
1.7E+00
                                      Tab B-15

-------
Tab  B:
Determine Feed  Rate  or  Emission  Limits (Tier  I and Tier II)
                                    Table B-6 (Cont.)
                 Emission*  Screening Limits for  Noncarcinogenlc  Metals
                           for  Facilities  in  Noncomplex Tsrrsin

Terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
6m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Value* for rural areas
Antimony
(g/sec)
8.7E-03
9.9E-03
1.1E-02
1.3E-02
1.6E-02
1.9E-02
2.4E-02
3.0E-02
3.7E-02
4.7E-02
6.0E-02
7.7E-02
9.7E-02
1.2E-01
ZOE-01
3.0E-01
4.2E-01
5.5E-01
7.3E-01
9.6E-01
1.3E+00
1.5E+00
1.8E+00
2.1E+00
2.6E+00
3.0E+00
3.6E+00
4.3E+00
5.1E+00
8.1E+00
7.3E+00
8.6E+00
Barium
(g/sec)
1.4E+00
1.7E+00
1.9E+00
2.2E+00
2.7E+00
3.2E+00
4.0E+00
5.0E+00
6.2E+00
7.9E+00
1.0E+01
1.3E+01
1.6E+01
2.1E+01
3.3E-H01
5.0E*01
7.0E-^01
9.2E+01
1.2E>02
1.6E+02
2.1E>02
2.5E*02
3.0E+02
3.6E-MD2
4.3E+02
5.1E+02
6.0E>02
7.2E+02
8.5E-f02
1.0E-MD3
1.2E*03
1 .4E>03
Lead
(g/sec)
2.6E-03
3.0E-03
3.4E-03
3.9E-03
4.8E-03
5.8E-03
7.2E-03
9.0E-03
1.1E-02
1.4E-02
1.8E-02
2.3E-02
2.9E-02
3.7E-02
5.96-02
9.0E-02
1.3E-01
1.7E-01
2.2E-01
2.9E-01
3.8E-01
4.5E-01
5.4E-01
6.4E-01
7.7E-01
9.1E-01
1.1E+00
1.3E+00
1.5E>00
1.8E>00
2.2E-MX)
2.6E*00
Mercury
(g/sec)
8.7E-03
9.9E-C3
1.1E-02
1.3E-02
1.6E-02
1.9E-02
2.4E-02
3.0E-02
3.7E-02
4.7E-02
6.0E-02
7.7E-02
9.7E-02
1.2E-01
2.0E-01
3.0E-01
4.2E-01
5.5E-01
7.3E-01
9.6E-01
1.3E>00
1.5E-MX)
1 .86*00
Z1E*00
Z6E*00
3.0E+00
3.6E*00
4.3E*00
5.1E*00
6.1E+00
7.36*00
8.6E*00
Silver
(g/sec)
8.7E-02
9.96-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.96-01
2.4E-01
3.0E-01
3.7E-01
4.7E-01
6.0E-01
7.7E-01
9.7E-01
1.2E*00
2.0E*00
3.0E+00
4.2E*00
5.56*00
7.3E+00
9.6E*00
1.3E+01
1.5E*01
1.8E*01
Z1E*01
^66*01
3.0E*01
3.6E*01
4.3E*01
5.1E*01
6.1E*01
7.3E*01
8.6E*01
Thallium
(g/sec)
8.7E-03
9.96-03
1.1E-02
1.3E-02
1.6E-02
1.96-02
2.4E-02
3.0E-02
3.7E-02
4.7E-02
6.0E-02
7.7E-02
9.7E-02
1.2E-01
2.0E-01
3.0E-01
4.2E-01
5.56-01
7.3E-01
9.66-01
1.3E+00
1.56*00
1.86*00
2.1E*00
2.6E*00
3.06*00
3.66*00
4.3E*00
5.16*00
6.16*00
7.36*00
8.6E*00
                                      Tab B-16

-------
Tab  B:  Determine  Feed Rate or Emission Limits  (Tier I  and Tier II)
                                       Tab I*  B-7
                 Emission* Screening  Limits  for Noncarclnoganle Metals
                            for Facilities In  Complex Terrain

Terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for use In urban and rural areas
Antimony
fa/sec)
3.9E-03
5.8E-03
8.5E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
2.2E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.6E-02
4.0E-02
4.4E-02
5.5E-02
6.8E-02
8.3E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
2^E-01
2.4E-01
Z7E-01
3.06-01
3.4E-01
3.8E-01
4.2E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
5.9E-01
6.7E-01
Barium
(g/sec)
6.6E-01
9.7E-01
1.4E+00
2.1E+00
2.5E+00
3.1E+00
3.6E+00
4.0E+00
4.4E+00
4.9E+00
5.4E+00
6.0E-fOO
6.6E+00
7.4E+00
9.1E+00
1.1E+01
1.4E+01
1.7E+01
2.1E+01
2.6E+01
3.2E+01
3.6E-MD1
4.0E+01
4.5E+01
5.0E*01
5.6E*01
6.3E-MD1
7.1E+01
7.9E*01
8.9E+01
9.9E*01
1.1E+02
Lead
(q/sec)
1.2E-03
1.7E-03
2.6E-03
3.7E-03
4.6E-03
5.6E-03
6.5E-03
7.2E-03
8.0E-03
8.8E-03
9.8E-03
1.1E-02
1.2E-02
1.3E-02
1.6E-02
2.0E-02
2.5E-02
3.1E-02
3.8E-02
4.7E-02
5.8E-02
6.5E-02
7.2E-02
8.1E-02
9.1E-02
1.0E-01
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.4E-01
1.6E-01
1.8E-01
2.0E-01
Mercury
(g/sec)
3.9E-03
5.8E-03
3.5E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
2.2E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.6E-02
4.0E-02
4.4E-02
5.5E-02
6.8E-02
8.3E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.7E-01
3.0E-01
3.4E-01
3.8E-01
4.2E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
5.9E-01
6.7E-01
Silver
(g/sec)
3.9E-02
5.8E-02
8.5E-02
1.2E-01
1.5E-01
1.9E-01
2.2E-01
2.4E-01
2.7E-01
2.9E-01
3.3E-C1
3.6E-01
4.0E-01
4.4E-01
5.5E-01
6.8E-01
8.3E-01
1.0E+00
1.3E*00
1.6E-MXI
1.9E+00
Z2E-t-00
Z4E+00
2.7E-MXD
3.0E*00
3.4E*00
3.8E*00
4.2E+00
4.7E+00
S.3E+00
5.9E*00
6.7E-t-00
Thallium
(g/sec)
3.9E-03
5.8E-03
8.5E-03
1.2E-02
1.5E-02
1.9E-02
2.2E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
2.9E-02
3.3E-02
3.6E-02
4.0E-02
4.4E-02
5.5E-02
6.8E-02
8.3E-02
1.0E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
1.9E-01
Z2E-01
2.4E-01
2.7E-01
3.0E-01
3.4E-01
3.8E-01
4.2E-01
4.7E-01
5.3E-01
5.9E-01
6.7E-01
                                      Tab  B-17

-------
Tab  B:  Determine  Feed Rate or Emission  Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
                                        TabU B-8
                    Emissions Screening Limits for  Carcinogenic Mstals
                            for Facilities In Noncomplsx Terrain

Terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Values for use In urban areas
Arsenic
(q/sec)
1.3E-04
1.5E-04
1.7E-04
1.9E-04
2.1E-04
2.4E-04
2.7E-04
3.1E-04
3.4E-04
3.9E-04
4.4E-04
5.0E-04
5.6E-04
6.3E-04
8.2E-04
1.0E-03
1.3E-03
1.7E-03
2.1E-03
2.6E-03
3.2E-03
3.6E-03
4.1E-03
4.7E-03
5.3E-03
6.0E-03
6.9E-03
7.8E-03
8.8E-03
1.0E-02
1.1E-02
1.3E-02
Cadmium
(g/sec)
3.1E-04
3.5E-04
4.0E-04
4.5E-04
5.1E-04
5.7E-04
6.5E-04
7.3E-04
8.2E-04
9.3E-04
1.1E-03
1.2E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.9E-03
2.5E-03
3.2E-03
4.0E-03
5.1E-03
6.2E-03
7.7E-03
8.7E-03
9.9E-03
1.1E-02
1.3E-02
1.4E-02
1.6E-02
1.9E-02
2.1E-02
2.4E-02
2.7E-02
3.1E-02
Chromium
(q/sec)
4.7E-05
5.3E-05
6.0E-05
6.7E-05
7.6E-05
8.6E-05
9.7E-05
1.1E-04
1.2E-04
1.4E-04
1.6E-04
1.8E-04
2.0E-04
2.3E-04
2.9E-04
3.7E-04
4.7E-04
6.1E-04
7.6E-04
9.4E-04
1.2E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1. 76-03
1.9E-03
Z2E-03
2.5E-03
2.8E-03
3.2E-03
3.6E-03
4.1E-03
4.6E-03
Beryllium
(g/sec)
2.3E-04
Z6E-04
3.0E-04
3.4E-04
3.8E-04
4.3E-04
4.8E-04
5.5E-04
6.2E-04
7.0E-04
7.9E-04
8.9E-04
1.0E-03
1.1E-03
1.5E-03
1.9E-03
2.4E-03
3.0E-03
3.8E-03
4.7E-03
5.8E-03
6.5E-03
7.4E-03
8.4E-03
9.5E-03
1.1E-02
1.2E-02
1.4E-02
1.6E-02
1.8E-02
2.0E-02
2.3E-02
Values for use In rural areas
Arsenic
(g/sec)
6.7E-05
7.7E-05
8.8E-05
1.0E-04
1.2E-04
1.5E-04
1.9E-04
2.3E-04
2.9E-04
3.7E-04
4.7E-04
5.9E-04
7.6E-04
9.6E-04
1.5E-03
2.3E-03
3.2E-03
4.3E-03
5.7E-03
7.5E-03
9.9E-03
1.2E-02
1.4E-02
1.7E-02
2.0E-02
2.4E-02
2.8E-02
3.3E-02
4.0E-02
4.7E-02
5.6E-02
6.7E-02
Cadmium
(g/sec)
1.6E-04
1.8E-04
Z1E-04
Z4E-04
3.0E-04
3.6E-04
4.5E-04
5.5E-04
6.9E-04
8.8E-04
1.1E-03
1.4E-03
1.8E-03
2.3E-03
3.6E-03
5.5E-03
7.7E-03
1.0E-02
1.4E-02
1.8E-02
14E-02
2.8E-02
3.3E-02
4.0E-02
4.7E-02
5.6E-02
8.7E-02
8.0E-02
9.5E-02
1.1E-01
1.3E-01
1.6E-01
Chromium
(g/sec)
2.4E-05
2.8E-05
3.2E-05
3.6E-05
4.4E-05
5.4E-05
6.7E-05
8.3E-05
1.0E-04
1.3E-04
1.7E-04
2.1E-04
2.7E-04
3.4E-04
5.4E-04
8.3E-04
1.2E-03
1.5E-03
2.0E-03
2.7E-03
3.5E-03
4.2E-03
5.0E-03
6.0E-03
7.1E-03
8.4E-03
1.0E-02
1.2E-02
1.4E-02
1.7E-02
2.0E-02
2.4E-02
Beryllium
(g/sec)
1.2E-04
1.4E-04
1.6E-04
1.8E-04
2.2E-04
iTE-04
3.3E-04
4.2E-04
5.2E-04
6.6E-04
8.4E-04
1.1E-03
1.4E^3
1.7E-03
2.7E-03
4.2E-03
5.8E-03
7.7E-03
1.0E-02
1.3E-02
1.8E-02
2.1E-02
2.5E-02
3.0E-02
3.5E-02
4.2E-02
5.0E-02
6.0E-02
7.1E-02
8.5E-02
1.0E-01
1.2E-01
                                      Tab  B-18

-------
Tab  B:   Determine Feed Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and  Tier
ID
                                       Table  B-9
                   Emission* Screening  Limits  for Carcinogenic  Metal*
                            for Facllltle* In Complex Terrain

Terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Value* for use In urban and rural area*
Arsenic
(g/sec)
3.1E-05
4.5E-05
6.6E-05
9.7E-05
1.2E-04
1.4E-04
1.7E-04
1.9E-04
2.1E-04
2.3E-04
2.5E-04
2.8E-04
3.1E-04
3.4E-04
4.3E-04
5.2E-04
6.5E-04
8.0E-04
9.86-04
1.2E-03
1.5E-03
1.7E-03
1.9E-03
2.1E-03
2.3E-03
2.6E-03
2.9E03
3.3E-03
3.7E-03
4.1E-03
4.6E-03
5.2E-03
Cadmium
(g/sec)
7.3E-05
1.1E-04
1.6E-04
2.3E-04
2.8E-04
3.5E-04
4.0E-04
4.4E-04
4.9E-04
5.4E-04
6.0E-04
6.7E-04
7.4E-04
8.2E-04
1.0E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.9E-03
2.3E-03
2.9E-03
3.6E-03
4.0E-03
4.5E-03
5.0E-03
5.6E-03
6.3E-03
7.0E-03
7.8E-03
8.8E-03
9.8E-03
1.1E-02
1.2E-02
Chromium
(g/sec)
1.1E-05
1.6E-05
2.4E-05
3.5E-05
4.2E-05
5.2E-05
6.0E-05
6.7E-05
7.4E-05
8.2E-05
9.0E-05
1.0E-04
1.1E-04
1.2E-04
1.5E-04
1.9E-04
2.3E-04
Z9E-04
3.5E-04
4.3E-04
5.3E-04
6.0E-04
6.7E-04
7.5E-04
8.4E-04
9.4E-04
1.1E-03
1.2E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.7E-03
1.8E-03
Beryllium
(g/sec)
5.5E-05
-8.1E-05
1.2E-04
1.7E-04
Z1E-04
2.6E-04
3.0E-04
3.3E-04
3.7E-04
4.1E-04
4.5E-04
5.0E-04
5.5E-04
6.1E-04
7.6E-04
9.4E-04
1.2E-03
1.4E-03
1.8E-03
Z2E-03
2.7E-03
3.0E-03
3.3E-03
3.7E-03
4.2E-03
4.7E-03
5.3E-03
5.9E-03
6.6E-03
7.4E-03
8.3E-03
9.2E-03
                                      Tab B-19

-------
Tab  B:  Determine Feed Rate or Emission  Limits (Tier I and Tier II)
                                   Table  B-io
                       Tier i Feed Rate Limits for  Chlorine

Terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
96m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Noncomplex
Total Chlorine
(Ib/hr)
2.0E-01
2.5E-01
3.0E-01
3.7E-01
4.7E-01
6.1E-01
7.8E-01
9.8E-01
1.2E+00
1.6E+00
2.0E+00
2.5E+00
3.1E+00
3.9E+00
5.7E+00
8.0E+00
1.1E+01
1.5E+01
1.96*01
2.3E+01
2.7E+01
3.0E+01
3.3E*01
3.6E+01
4.0E-MD1
4.4E+01
4.9E+01
5.4E-M31
5.9E+01
6.5E+01
7.2E+01
7.9E+01
Complex
Total Chlorine
(Ib/hr)
2.6E-01
2.7E-01
2.8E-01
2.9E-01
3.3E-01
3.8E-01
4.4E-01
5.0E-01
5.7E-01
6.5E-01
7.4E-01
8.4E-01
9.6E-01
1.1E*00
1.5E>00
2.1E+00
3.0E-«-00
4.1E+00
5.7E*00
8.0E-fOO
1.1E*01
1^E*01
1.3E+01
1.4E+01
1.5E>01
1.7E+01
1.8E+01
2.0E*01
2.1E*01
2.3E*01
2.5E-MD1
2.7E*01
                                     Tab B-20

-------
Tab B:  Determine Feed  Rate or Emission Limits (Tier I and Tier
ID
                                  Table B-11
                  Tier II  Emission Limits for  Hydrogen  Chloride

terrain-adjusted
effective
stack height
4m
6m
8m
10m
12m
14m
16m
18m
20m
22m
24m
26m
28m
30m
35m
40m
45m
50m
55m
60m
65m
70m
75m
80m
85m
90m
95m
100m
105m
110m
115m
120m
Noncomplex
Hd
(q/sec)
2.6E-02
3.1E-02
3.8E-02
4.6E-02
6.0E-02
7.7E-02
9.9E-02
1.2E-01
1.6E-01
2.0E-01
2.5E-01
3.1E-01
3.9E-01
4.9E-01
7.2E-01
1.0E+00
1.4E+00
1.9E+00
2.4E+00
2.9E+00
3.4E+00
3.8E+00
4.2E+00
4.6E+00
5.1E+00
5.6E+00
6.1E+00
6.8E+00
7.5E+00
8.2E+00
9.1E+00
1.0E+01
Complex
HQ
(g/sec)
3.3E-02
3.4E-02
3.5E-02
3.7E-02
4.2E-02
4.8E-02
5.5E-02
6.3E-02
7.2E-02
8.2E-02
9.3E-02
1.1E-01
1 .2E-01
1.4E-01
1.9E-01
2.7E-01
3.7E-01
5.2E-01
7.2E-01
LOE^OO
1.4E+00
I.SE^OO
1.7E+00
1.8E-MX1
1.9E*00
2.1E+00
2.3E-^00
2.5E+00
2.7E+00
2.9E+00
3.2E+00
3.5E+00
                                   Tab B-21

-------
Tab C:      Site-Specific Modeling and Risk  Analysis  (Tier  III)

       Tab C presents methods to determine, under Tier HI, if the aggregate cancer risk to
the most exposed individual resulting from the metals emissions is less than or equal to
10'5, and if the ambient concentrations of noncarcinogenic metals and HC1 are below the
reference air concentrations. For some facilities, emission limits under Tier III can be a
factor of 10 or more higher than those under Tier H  This is a result of the conservatism
built into the Tier n Screening Limits. Within Tier ffl, the permit writer has the option of
(a) performing an in-house dispersion analysis or (b) requiring the applicant to perform
detailed site-specific modeling.

       If the permit writer performs the dispersion analysis in-house, he has the option of
using either the screening procedure which is described in detail in Appendix V or the EPA
GEMS model. The Appendix V screening procedure is designed to assist the permit writer
to conservatively estimate site-specific hourly and annual average dispersion coefficients.
When applicable, the screening procedure provides a more expeditious and less costly
alternative to detailed site-specific dispersion modeling. The procedure does not require the
permit writer to perform dispersion modeling but is, however, based on extensive
dispersion modeling and data processing utilizing the Industrial Source Complex Model
(ISCLT). The screening procedure relies primarily on permit data from WORKSHEET 1.
Under certain conditions, this procedure reduces the degree of conservatism contained in
the Tier I and n tables.  The steps shown in Tab C indicate under what conditions this
screening procedure is recommended.

       The EPA GEMS model is available to permit writers for those situations where the
applicant fails using the results of the Appendix V screening procedure.  GEMS contains an
interactive version of the ISCLT model that will predict dispersion coefficients that are less
conservative than those predicted by the screening procedure. Thus higher emission rates
and feed rates would be allowed.  This option is recommended for situations where the
facility is located in flat terrain (i.e., maximum terrain rise from the facility out to 5 km is
less than or equal to 10 percent of the physical height of the stack under analysis).  GEMS
                                    Tab C-l

-------
is, however, not useful for short term analyses such as estimating short term risk from HC1
emissions.  Appendix n presents a description of GEMS and sample model output.


       If the use of the Appendix V and GEMS screening procedures are not appropriate,

the permit  writer may require the applicant to conduct detailed site-specific dispersion

modeling.  This modeling must conform to the EPA "Guideline on Air Quality Models."

WORKSHEET 2 in Appendix V contains a list of the parameters that the applicant must

define in order to conduct detailed site-specific modeling analyses.


       Tab C consists of the following three steps:

       •      Step  1:      The permit writer determines whether to require the applicant
                           to conduct  site-specific  dispersion modeling and to
                           demonstrate that the established acceptable ambient levels are
                           not  exceeded, or to conduct  the  modeling (and  risk
                           assessment) in-house
                           — If applicant conducts modeling:  go to Tab C Step 2

                           — If the permit writer desires to conduct the analyses in
                              house:

                           — Use screening procedure (Appendix V), if appropriate,
                              to estimate short-term and long-term dispersion
                              coefficients

                           — If the emissions are acceptable on this basis:  go to Tab D

                           — If the emissions based on the long-term dispersion
                              coefficients generated by the Appendix V screening
                              procedure are unacceptable and the facility is located in
                              flat terrain, use GEMS

                           — If HC1 emissions  based on the short-term dispersion
                              coefficients generated by the Appendix V screening
                              procedure are unacceptable go to Step 2.

                           Note:Flat terrain is defined in this report as follow: If the
                              maximum terrain rise within 5 km of the facility is less
                              than 10 percent of the physical stack height of the stack
                              selected for analyses then the location is considered to be
                             flat, and terrain adjustment factors mil not be
                              considered,

                           — If the GEMS procedure indicates that emissions are
                              unacceptable, then go to Tab C, Step 2
                                    Tab  C-2

-------
Step  2:       Applicant  must submit the dispersion modeling plan for
              review—(by the Regional Meteorologist or PAT)

              — The applicant must submit information to the Regional
                 Meteorologist or PAT for review. This information
                 includes stack parameters, meteorological data, and
                 terrain data.

Step  3:       Applicant provides the model results and risk analysis for
              review

              — If emissions are considered acceptable: go to Tab D

              — If emissions are considered unacceptable: they must be
                 reduced. A new test burn must be conducted to
                 determine whether the (reduced) emissions are
                 acceptable.
                      Tab C-3

-------
               Hazardous Waste Incineration  Guidance Series
Volume I     Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Incinerator Permits, Mitre Corp.,
             1983.

Volume n    Guidance on Setting Conditions and Reporting Trial Burn Results, Acurex,
             1989.

Volume HI    Hazardous Waste Incineration Measurement Guidance Manual, MRI, 1989.

Volume IV    Guidance on Metals and Hydrogen Chloride Controls for Hazardous Waste
             Incineration, Versarlnc., December 1988.

Volume V    Guidance on PIC Controls for Hazardous Waste Incinerators, MRI,
             April 1989.

Volume VI    Proposed Methods for Measurements of CO, Qzt HC1, and Metals at
             Hazardous Waste Incinerators, MRI, Late 1989.

-------
                              Acknowledgements

       This guidance was completed by Versar Inc. as partial fulfillment of Contract
Number 68-01-7053.  The principal authors are Michael Alford, Kevin Jameson,
Josefina Castellanos, David Sullivan (Sullivan Environmental Consulting,  Inc.),
Dennis Hlinka,  and Renaldo  Jenkins.    Major  contributions  were  made by
Dwight Hlustick, Mary Cunningham, Robert Holloway, and the Incinerator Permit
Writer's Workgroups, including Betty Willis, Y. J.  Kim, and Sonya Stelmack.  We
appreciate the review and guidance of the Monitoring and Data Analysis Division in the
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards in the air dispersion modeling aspects of this
document.

-------
                                                DRAFT
                                          FINAL REPORT
 GUIDANCE ON METALS AND HYDROGEN
         CHLORIDE CONTROLS FOR
    HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATORS
Volume IV of Hazardous Waste Incineration Guidance Series
             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                  Office of Solid Waste
                 Waste Treatment Branch
                  401 M Street, S.W.
                 Washington, DC 20460
           Work Assignment Manager Dwight Hlustick
                    August 1989

-------
Tab C:  Site-Specific  Modeling  and Risk  Analysis (Tier III)
Sten  1r  The permit             The following equations are used to determine whether or
writer determines               not the risk levels have been exceeded.  For
whether to require the          noncarcinogenic metals and HC1, the following equation
applicant to  conduct            applies:
site-specific
dispersion  modeling            MEI Dispersion Coefficient (ug/m3/g/s) x Emission fg/s)   . _
and demonstrate that                            RAC (Mg/m3)                   -   u
the established
acceptable  ambient             Note: For purposes of this guidance the MEI is the
levels are not                   offsite. potential MEI unless people reside inside the
exceeded, or to                 property boundary of the facility.  In this case, the
conduct the  modeling           ^EI is the potential MEI regardless of whether the
(and  risk assessment)          point lies within the property boundary.
in  house).

                                        For carcinogens, the following equations apply:

                    Estimated MEI Risk * MEI Dispersion Coeff (ug/m3/g/s) x Emiss (g/s) x Unit Risk (m3/p.g)

                                                n
                                                  Estimated Risk,
                                                    1.0 X 10*5    *   '
                                                t-1

                                        Where i» carcinogenic metal considered.

                           If the applicant conducts the modeling: go to Tab C Step 2

                           If the permit writer desires to conduct the analysis in-house:
                                    Tab C-4

-------
Tab  C:   Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier  III)
                           (A)    The Regional Meteorologist or the PAT determine
                                 whether or not the Appendix V screening procedure
                                 is appropriate.

                                 This screening procedure is not appropriate for the
                                 following specific conditions:

                                 •      Locations within narrow valleys (^ 1 km in
                                        width)

                                 •      For stacks £ 20 m, locations within 5 km of a
                                        shoreline of a major body of water

                                 •      Releases from stacks £ minimum GEP stack
                                        height, where the property boundary is
                                        within 5 building heights or 5 maximum
                                        projected building widths of buildings
                                        creating non-GEP condition

                                 Additionally, the Appendix V screening procedure
                                 should not be used if, in the judgment of the PAT or
                                 Regional Meteorologist, site-specific factors may
                                 result  in  the  screening   procedure  being
                                 unconservative (i.e., underestimating risks).

                                 In many circumstances, the  Appendix V screening
                                 procedure is more restrictive than Tier I and n limits.
                                 However, under  the  following conditions  the
                                 screening procedure may be less restrictive  than Tier
                                 landfl.

                                 •      The facility has multiple stacks with
                                        substantially different release specifications
                                        (e.g., stack heights differ by >SO%, exit
                                        temperatures differ by > 50 K, or exit flow
                                        rates differ by more than a factor of 2)

                                 •      The terrain does not reach physical stack
                                        height within 1 km of the incinerator, when
                                        the stack is greater than 20 m high and in
                                        complex terrain

                                 •      There is no representative meteorological data
                                        available for the site under consideration
                                    Tab C-5

-------
Tab  C:   Site-Specific  Modeling and Risk Analysis  (Tier III)
                                         The distance to the nearest facility boundary
                                         is greater than the distance shown in the table
                                         below for land use type and the effective
                                         height of the stack under consideration
                                      Terrain-Adjusted Effective           Distance
                                            Stack Height                 (meters)
                                           Range (meters)  	Urban      Rural

                                              1 to 9.9                200       200
                                              10 to 14.9              200       250
                                              15 to 19.9              200       250
                                              20 to 24.9              200       350
                                              25 to 30.9              200       450
                                              31 to 41.9              200       550
                                              42 to 52.9              250       800
                                              53 to 64.9              300       1000
                                              65 to 112.9            400       1200
                                              113+                  700       2500
                                    Tab C-6

-------
Tab C:   Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)
                                 Note: Options to comply with the emissions limits
                                 may include upgrading the APCD(s) or raising the
                                 stack to reflect good engineering practice (GEP).  It
                                 should be noted, however, that EPA is considering a
                                 proposal to reduce the paniculate standard for
                                 hazardous waste incinerators. Thus, in selecting an
                                 approach to reduce metals emissions, the applicant
                                 should consider that a more stringent paniculate
                                 standard (e.g., 0.01-0.04 gr/dscf) may be adopted in
                                 thefuture.

                                 •     If the Appendix V screening procedure
                                       shows emissions to be acceptable: go to
                                       TabD.

                                 •     If the screening procedure shows HO
                                       emissions to be acceptable, but metal
                                       emissions unacceptable, the permit writer has
                                       the option of using GEMS [Tab C
                                       Step 1 (B)] or requiring the applicant to do
                                       site-specific dispersion modeling [Tab C
                                       Step 2].

                                 •     If the screening procedure shows HC1
                                       emissions to be unacceptable, require the
                                       applicant to conduct site-specific dispersion
                                       modeling (Tab C Step 2).

                          (B)    Permit writer runs GEMS

                                 •     Confirm data on Worksheet 1 that
                                       maximum terrain rise out to 5 km is S 10
                                       percent of physical stack height

                                 •     Determine whether metals emissions are
                                       acceptable using the equations provided in
                                       Tab C Step 1.

                                       —If exceeded:  Emissions must be reduced.
                                       A new test bum must be conducted to
                                       determine whether the (reduced) emissions
                                       are acceptable.

                                       —If not exceeded: Go to TabD.
                                    Tab  C-7

-------
Tab  C:   Site-Specific Modeling and Risk Analysis (Tier III)
Step 2;  Applicant
must submit the
dispersion  modeling
plan for review by the
Regional
Meteorologist  or
PAT.
(A)    The applicant needs to draft a dispersion modeling
       plan for a site-specific analysis consistent with the
       EPA "Guideline on Air Quality Models."

(B)    The following documentation  should be  provided
       with the draft modeling plan:

       •      The rationale for the selection of the
             meteorological monitoring station, including
             a map showing alternative stations considered
             in the region

       •      A site layout map showing the locations of all
             sources and building dimensions for
             adjacent structures.

(Q    The applicant must include a discussion on how a
       follow-up run will be used to perform a more refined
       analysis around the  area  of maximum offsite
       concentrations.  In addition, special receptors should
       be used to define the distance to  the fenceline for
       each wind direction sector if the initial model runs
       show that the maximum impacts  occur within the
       first kilometer from the source.

(D)    If the closest property boundary is within 5 building
       heights1 or 5 times the maximum projected building
       width2 of any stack less than GEP, the  applicant
       must include a description of how  MEI impacts will
       be estimated within the cavity zone of the applicable
       building(s).

(E)    The permit writer sends the draft modeling plan and
       supporting  documentation   to the  Regional
       Meteorologist or PAT for review.  The  applicant
       must  revise  the  modeling  plan based on
       recommendations of the Regional Meteorologist or
       PAT.
      Refers to building causing non-GEP conditions.
                                   Tab C-8

-------
Tab C:   Site-Specific Modeling and R««k  Analysis  (Tier III)
Step 3»  Applicant
provides  the model
results and  risk
analysis  for  review
(See WORKSHEET 2
in Appendix IV).
(A)   The model output should include a full printout of the
      input data, or the full input file should be appended
      to the results.

(B)   The model  output is  then sent to the Regional
      Meteorologist or PAT for review to assure that they
      conform to the modeling plan.

(Q   If the Regional Meteorologist or PAT confirms that
      the model results are valid, then  the risk assessment
      may be used to determine the permit conditions

      •      If risk is considered acceptable: go to Tab D
      •      If risk is considered unacceptable: emissions
             must be reduced.
      See the note on the possibility of more  stringent
      paniculate standards under Tab C Step 1,A.
                                    Tab C-9

-------
 Tab D:       Determine  Necessary  Permit  Conditions

       The purpose of Tab D is to outline permit conditions necessary to control metals
 and HC1 emissions  for facilities whose trial burn emissions, in  the permit writer's
 judgment, have passed the  risk analysis. If an incinerator fails the risk analysis, a permit
 should not be awarded until and unless the applicant proves by a new trial burn that the
 emissions have been reduced sufficiently to pass the risk analysis.

       To demonstrate compliance with the emission limits provided by Tier II or that
 emission will not result in unacceptable ambient levels under Tier HI, the applicant must
 conduct  a test  burn to determine feed rates and emission rates of metals and HC1.  If,
 however, the trial burn has already been run (or the  trial burn plan has already been
 approved), the permit writer may not want to delay issuance of the permit (or the trial bum)
 until a test burn can be conducted to determine feed rates and emission rates of metals under
 trial burn conditions.  In this situation, the permit writer should consider establishing
 interim, conservative feed rate limits for metals. A procedure for establishing interim limits
 is described  below.  The interim limits would  apply  until a  test bum is conducted to
 confirm that the interim feed rate limits result in acceptable emissions.  The test bum should
 be conducted as soon as practicable, certainly within 12 months of establishing the interim
 limits. Given that the interim limits are designed to be reasonable but conservative, the test
 bum is likely  to demonstrate that higher feed rates will not result in unacceptable emissions.

       To establish the interim feed rate limits, the permit writer should back-calculate
from an acceptable emission limit using reasonable but conservative assumptions regarding:
(1) the removal efficiency of the emission control device (see Appendix m, Table EQ-8);
and (2) partitioning of metals to bottom ash (see  Appendix m,  Table HI-9).  Of course, if
the permit writer has information that may indicate that the removal efficiency or
partitioning values presented in Appendix III may not be conservative in a particular
situation, he should use more restrictive values.

       Finally, the permit writer must keep in mind the need to provide due process to the
applicant and  interested parties when establishing the interim limits. The permit writer must
                                     Tab D-l

-------
explain the rationale for the limits, provide the time and opportunity for comment, fully
respond to these comments, and include the responses in the administrative record of the
permit.
                                     Tab  D-2

-------
Tab D:  Determine Necessary Permit Conditions
Step  1:  Determine
necessary  permit
conditions: Permit
conditions must ensure
that emissions over the life
of the permit are not
greater than those used to
demonstrate acceptable
risk.
(A)    Tier I Permit Conditions

       The feed rate limits  from Tab B,  Step  1  will be
       specified as permit conditions.

(B)    Tier II and Tier III Permit Conditions

       The actual feed  rates by feed system and the actual
       emissions determined in the trial burn will be specified as
       permit conditions.

       Note 1: In lieu,  of limiting feed rates by  feed system
       where many feed systems are used, the feed rate of metals
       should be specified separately for (I) solid wastes (i.e.,
       nonpumpable wastes); and (2) liquid wastes. In addition,
       separate  limits   on  each organometal  should  be
       established.

       These limits are needed because the physical form of the
       waste (and whether the metal is present as an  organic
       species) has a substantial effect on partitioning to ash
       versus the stack gas.

       Note 2:  For Tiers II and III,  when more than  one
       combination of waste streams is expected to  be burned, a
       separate trial burn is recommended for each  combination,
       and separate permit conditions will be written for each
       one.

(O    Additional Permit Conditions

       Air pollution control device operation and  maintenance
       requirements should be written into the permit to ensure
       that the emissions limits are not exceeded.
                                    Tab DO

-------
Tab D:   Determine  Necessary Permit Conditions
                                 Waste analysis requirements should also be written into
                                 the permit to verify waste composition and, therefore,
                                 ensure that  the  feed rate limits are being met.  The
                                 frequency of analysis should be specified at the discretion
                                 of the permit writer, but should  be often enough to
                                 quantify any variability in the waste streams.

                                 Appendix III also presents background information on
                                 APCD operation and maintenance.
                                    Tab D-4

-------
Appendix L  Technical Support for the Modeling and Risk Assessment

-------
                             Table of Contents

                                                                   Page No

Appendix I:  Technical  Support for the Modeling and Risk Assessment

1.  Background Information on the Dispersion Modeling
      Used to  Establish Emission  Limits  	 1-1

      1.1    Overview of the Modeling  Approach	 M
             1.1.1  General Assumptions and Methods	 M
             1.1.2  Specific Steps of the Analysis	 1-3
      1.2    Facility  Selection	 1-4
      1.3    Model Selection	 1-4

      1.4    Input   Parameters	 1-5
             1.4.1  Terrain  Analysis	 1-5
             1.4.2  Release  Specifications	 1-5
             1.4.3  Results and  Analysis	1-6

2.  Urban/Rural Classification
      Auer  Method	 1-8
      1.2    Simplified  Land Use  Process	 1-8

3.  Background Information on the Health Risk Assumptions Used
      to  Establish  Emission Limits	 1-12

      3.1    Carcinogens	1-12

      3.2    Noncarcinogens	 1-14

-------
1.     BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON  THE  DISPERSION
       MODELING  USED  TO ESTABLISH EMISSION LIMITS
1.1   Overview of the Modeling Approach

       The objective of the dispersion modeling analysis was to estimate the maximum
short-term (hourly)  and annual average ambient concentrations from hazardous waste
incineration, based  on data from the current incinerator population,  and assuming a
common emission rate of 1.0 g/sec. The analysis considered the range in height and other
release specifications, as well as the effect of variability in meteorology and terrain factors,
on predicted concentrations.

       The analyses addressed the large differences in facility and site characteristics
across the existing hazardous waste incinerators in the U.S.  The varying types and sizes of
incinerators  led to widely differing release terms, i.e., physical stack height, inner stack
diameter, exit velocity, and exhaust temperature. Differences in these terms can result in
order of magnitude differences in predicted concentrations.  Similarly, dispersion and
transport of pollutants can be critically affected  by terrain and urban/rural  land use
classification. Thus, the  modeling analysis considered the combined effect of release
terms, terrain, and urban/rural land use in predicting ambient impacts.
1.1.1  General Assumptions and  Methods

       The key assumptions and methods used in  the modeling analyses are consistent
with the EPA "Guideline on Air Quality Models" and with recommendations provided by
the modeling staff of the Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. The approach used
here was designed to model a wide range of facilities.  In addition to 24 actual incineration
facilities, 11  generic hypothetical incinerators representing the range of release parameters
for hazardous waste incinerators were modeled, assuming they were located at each of the
24 sites. The modeling approach was designed to:
       •      Use the most  comprehensive data available to characterize existing
             incinerators.  The Regulatory Impact Assessment (RLA) Mail Survey was
             used as  the basis for characterizing current incinerators. Although it is the
             most  comprehensive  data set available, there have been closures and
             modifications to some of these incinerators since 1981 when the survey was
             taken. The survey provides the  location (latitude/longitude) and release
             specifications for 152 facilities.
       •      Select sites to represent three types of terrain—flat, rolling, and complex —
             The modeling was subdivided into three terrain types to show the influence
             of terrain on the actual and generic release terms evaluated in the modeling
                                  Appendix M

-------
              analyses.  Initially, all of the facilities in the RIA Mail Survey were placed
              into one of these terrain categories based on broad-scale topographic maps.
              Those facilities with the lowest effective release heights were selected for
              detailed analysis.  U.S. Geographic Survey topographic maps were then
              used  to make the final determinations among the terrain classifications.
              Thus, 24 specific facilities were selected on this basis.1

              For purposes of this guidance, if the terrain rise within 5 kilometers of the
              stack is less than or equal to 10 percent of the physical stack height, the
              facility is considered to be in flat terrain. If the terrain rise is greater than 10
              percent but less than or equal to the physical stack height, the facility is in
              rolling terrain. If the maximum terrain rise is greater than the physical stack
              height, the facility is in complex terrain.

              Assign site-specific urban/rural classifications — Dispersion models can
              generally be run in an urban or rural mode.  The differences in results can
              be  substantial, with  the magnitude of these differences being  highly
              dependent on effective release height To classify the urban/rural status of
              each  site, topographic maps  were  used to assess land  use out to a 3-
              kilometer radius from each facility, based on  a simplified2  Auer
              classification (Auer 1978) (See Section 2).  The land use approach of the
              Auer technique was then used as  the basis for selection between the urban
              or rural classification.

              Use site-specific meteorological data — For each of the selected facilities,
              the available meteorological data from the National Climatic Center were
              reviewed to identify the most representative meteorological data set for each
              facility to be modeled.  Five-year  data sets of hourly surface meteorological
              data,  and twice per day mixing height values, were acquired to support the
              modeling objectives.

              Model  hypothetical incinerators as well as actual incinerators — As
              previously  discussed, 11 generic incinerator sizes were identified for
              inclusion in all model runs.  These generic sources were modeled at every
              facility, in addition to the actual incinerator present The results were output
              individually such that differences in predicted impacts could be assessed.

              The need for the generic release terms (hypothetical incinerators) is clear—
              the scope of modeling over  152 incinerators based on detailed  terrain
              analysis and 5-year hourly meteorological data sets would be too resource
              intensive.  By modeling the  generic sources in each of the 24 specific
              modeling analyses, the effects of the entire range of release parameters on
              ambient levels could be predicted.

              The generic release terms were selected by grouping all incinerators in the
              RIA Mail Survey by physical stack height The 25th percentile value for
              each remaining release specification (inner stack diameter, exit velocity, and
              exhaust temperature) was then identified for each grouping. The results
              were  smoothed across the groups to obtain the 11 sets of release terms used
1      A 25th site (Everett. Washington) was subsequently added.
2      An approach similar to that shown in Appendix I was used. All areas with housing omission tint
       (pink) on topographic maps were modeled as urban.
                                    Appendix 1-2

-------
               in the modeling analyses, i.e., one set of release terms for 10 groups of
               incinerators.3
                                     — ^ w^e rang6 °^ dispersion models can be used
               to evaluate emissions from combustion sources.  The five models selected
               to meet the objectives of this task are suitable to address the urban and rural
               sites located in flat, rolling, or complex terrain.  Refer to Section 1.3 for a
               more detailed description of model selection.
 1.1.2 Specific Steps of the  Analysis

       The key steps of the modeling analyses are summarized as follows:

       Step 1:       Identified candidate facilities from the RIA Mail Survey

       Facilities that would most likely have the highest dispersion coefficients (ng/m^ per
 g/s) in each terrain category were identified based on Cow) effective stack height.

       Step 2:       Formulated data to support additional sites

       Release specifications were compiled for the full set of incinerators in the RIA Mail
 Survey.  These data were needed to select the most appropriate generic source for those
 facilities that were not specifically modeled.

       Step 3:       Compiled generic release specifications

       Eleven release terms were identified to represent groups of incinerators from the
 RIA Mail Survey.

       Step 4:       Modeled actual and generic release specifications

       Each of the models was executed consistent with standard EPA modeling practices,
and the results were quality controlled

       Step 5:       Developed dispersion coefficient vs. effective stack height categories

       Dispersion coefficients for metals  as a function of effective stack height  were
analyzed by terrain type and land use classification to identify categories where dispersion
coefficients were significantly different. Those categories were:
       One generic source was also added to conservatively represent low-level stacks that have pollutants
       rapidly transported to the surface by building-induced turbulence. This generic source was not,
       however, included in the Tier I or II tables because the 4 m stack was selected to represent
       downwash cases.
                                    Appendix 1*3

-------
                     Flat and rolling terrain (noncomplex)

                           —urban land use

                           —rural land use

              •      Complex terrain.

       Dispersion coefficients for HC1 as a function of effective stack height were also
analyzed by terrain type and land use classification to identify categories where dispersion
coefficients were significantly different.  Unlike for metals, dispersion coefficients for
urban/rural scenarios did not differ significantly. The land use categories identified were:

              •      Flat and rolling terrain (noncomplex)

              •      Complex terrain.
1.2   Facility Selection

       Nine facilities in complex terrain, and 8 each in the noncomplex terrain categories
(flat, rolling) were selected for detailed modeling.  Once the topographic data were
compiled, the terrain classifications of certain sites were modified.
1.3   Model Selection

       The actual incinerator release specifications for each facility and terrain data were
used to select the appropriate model. Once selected, the actual release specifications and a
set of generic release  modifications ranging from release heights of 5 to 100 meters were
evaluated during each modeling analysis. Based on the EPA "Guideline on Air Quality
Models" and  input from the EPA Office of Air Quality, Planning and Standards, the
following models were selected:
       Terrain classification
Urban/Rural
Averaging period
Model selected
Rat or Rolling
Rat or Rolling
Complex
Complex
Complex
Urban or Rural
Urban or Rural
Urban
Urban
Rural
Annual Average
Hourly
Annual Average
Hourly
Hourly or Annual
ISCLT
ISCST
LONGZ
SHORTZ
COMPLEX!
              Flat and Rolling Terrain:  The Industrial Source Complex models (ISCLT
              and ISCST) were selected for flat and rolling terrain because they can
              address building downwash and elevated releases and can account for
                                    Appendix 1-4

-------
              terrain differences between sources and receptors. The long-term mode
              (ISCLT) was used for annual averages, while the short-term mode (ISCST)
              was used to estimate maximum hourly concentrations.
       .      Complex Terrain: Complex terrain applications required the use, in this
              case, of three separate models.  For urban applications, EPA recommends
              SHORTZ for short-term averaging periods and LONGZ for seasonal or
              annual  averages.  For rural  sites located  in complex  terrain,  EPA
              recommends use of COMPLEX I.
 1.4   Input  Parameters
 1.4.1 Terrain Analysis

       U.S. Geological Survey 7.5 minute topographic maps were acquired to document
 terrain out to 5 kilometers from each facility. Maximum terrain heights were compiled for
 each of 16 wind directions and distances of 0 to 200 meters, 200 to 500 meters, 500 to
 1,000  meters, 1,000 to 1,500 meters, 1,500 to 2,000 meters, 2,000 to  3,000 meters,
 3,000 to 4,000 meters, and 4,000 to 5,000 meters.
 1.4.2 Release Specifications
 1.4.2.1  Actual Incinerators

       The  release specifications used for each of the actual facilities were acquired
 through the  RIA Mail Survey.  There are a large number of hazardous waste incinerators
 that have stacks of less than 10 meters, and relatively low effective release heights. Each of
 these releases was modeled as an elevated release, because data were not available on the
 dimensions and locations of nearby structures. The use of generic release specifications
 (described  in the next  subsection),  however, provides a release specification to
 conservatively address low-level stacks affected by building downwash.
 1.4.2.2  Generic Release  Specifications

       The objective of the generic release specifications is to show meteorological and
 terrain-induced variability across a set of common specifications. In this manner, facilities
 not among  the 24 modeled  individually could still be screened.  The first step in
 determining these specifications was to subdivide the RIA  Mail Survey into ten categories
 of incinerators based on ranges of effective stack height  Then, within each stack height
category, a single facility was selected whose effective stack height approximated the 25th
percentile of the range of effective stack heights in the category. The 25th percentile was
chosen because the goal was to conservatively represent the release specifications within
each group of incinerators, not to use the most conservative release specification for each

                                  Appendix  1-5

-------
group.  In addition, an 11th generic release specification was defined in order to represent
facilities whose height of releases do not meet good engineering practice (GEP).4

       The consideration of effective release height is especially important for facilities
with high exhaust temperatures. There was no clear pattern for exhaust temperature as a
function of release height.  While diameter and exit velocity were found to be a function of
release  height, exhaust temperatures varied widely and did not show a strong function of
release height  For the purpose of this modeling analysis, 325 Kelvin (K) was used for all
generic  release specifications. Actual facilities may have exhaust temperatures much higher
than this value.

       The use of effective release height is an important element to this approach.
Nevertheless, effective  release height  is a variable that is a function of wind speed and
atmospheric stability. In choosing the most effective release type for a specific facility, the
approach used a high wind speed  (i.e., 6.8 m/sec) and neutral conditions for specific
sources as the generic sources. In this manner, a conservative plume rise value could be
used to select the most  appropriate generic source. This approach allows for the use of
specific release specifications in order to select the most representative generic stack, while
conservatively addressing the issue of variability of effective release height as a function of
wind speed.
1.4.3 Results and Analysis

       All input and output files were quality controlled by an independent analyst. There
was a wide range of predicted concentrations for metals and Hd across the various release
specifications.

       The results were plotted on scatter diagrams so that the  relationship between
dispersion coefficient and effective stack height could be ascertained In order to ensure
that the emission limits are conservative, the outer envelope of the curve (the maximum
value for each modeled effective  stack height) was used to determine the dispersion
coefficient corresponding to those  effective stack heights falling between the modeled
values.  Actual and generic sources were both considered in these scatter diagrams.
       Minimum good engineering practice (GEP) physical stack height is defined as Hg » H + l.SL,
       where:
       Hg » GEP physical stack height measured from ground level elevation at the base of the stack.
       H * Height of nearby structure measured from ground level elevation at the base of the stack.
       L * The lesser dimension of the height or projected width of a nearby structure.
       Source: 40 CFR 51.1 (ii).
                                    Appendix  1-6

-------
       The straight line connecting each two modeled points was determined (using a
 logarithmic relationship).  This line was used to generate dispersion coefficients at the
 intermediate effective stack heights.  The effective stack height interval chosen was 2
 meters up to 30 meters, then 5 meters up to 120 meters. Beyond 120 meters no data were
 generated.

       The next step was to calculate, based on the conservative dispersion coefficients,
 the allowable emissions corresponding to the risk limits.
 1.4.3.1    Noncarcinogens

       For the noncarcinogens, the ambient concentration is calculated by the following
 equation:

              Ambient Concentration » Dispersion Coefficient (ug/m3)/(g/sec) x Emission (g/sec)

       This equation  is solved for emission, and the RAC ( see Section 3.2) is  used in
 place of ambient concentration (because the RAC is the upper  limit of allowed
 concentrations). This equation is solved for each dispersion coefficient (relating to each
 effective stack height).
 1.4.3.2   Carcinogens

       For carcinogens, the risk is defined by the following equation:

              Risk » Dispersion Coefficient (ug/m3/(g/sec) x Emission (g/sec) x Unit Risk (m3/ug).

       This equation is solved for emission, and the upper limit of 1E-5 is used for the risk
for each carcinogen. Since the carcinogenic risk limit is the aggregate cancer risk and the
emission limits are based on 1E-5 for each metal individually, the allowable carcinogenic
metal emissions from all carcinogenic metals are constrained by the following relation:
        n
E            Actual Emission  < .
             Emission Limit
       i«l

       where i - the number of carcinogenic metals.
                                   Appendix 1-7

-------
2.     URBAiN/RURAL CLASSIFICATION—AUER  METHOD

       There is a need to classify areas in the vicinity of incineration sites as urban or rural
in order to set risk-based emission limits. This classification is needed because dispersion
rates differ between urban and rural areas and thus, the risk per unit emission rate differs
accordingly. The combination of greater surface roughness (more buildings/structures to
generate turbulent mixing) and the greater amount of heat released from the surface in an
urban area (generates buoyancy-induced mixing) produces greater rates of dispersion.  The
emission limit tables in the regulation, therefore, distinguish between urban and rural areas.
The following describes the approach to be used in selecting the appropriate urban or rural
designation for this rule.

       EPA guidance (EPA 1986) shows two alternative procedures to determine whether
the character of an area is predominantly urban or rural:  (1) land use typing or (2) a method
based on population density. Both approaches require  consideration  of characteristics
within a 3-km radius from a source, in this case the incinerator stack(s).  The land use
method is preferred because it more directly relates to the  surface characteristics that affect
dispersion rates. The remainder of this discussion is thus, focused on the land use method.

       While the  land use method is more  direct, it also can be labor intensive to apply.
For this discussion, we have simplified the land use approach. Our goal is to be consistent
with EPA guidance  for urban/rural  classification (EPA 1986; Auer  1978), while
streamlining the process for the majority of applications so that a clear-cut decision can be
made without the need  for detailed analysis.  Table 1 summarizes the recommended
simplified approach to classifying areas as urban or rural. As shown, the applicant always
has the option of applying standard (i.e., more detailed) analyses to more accurately
distinguish between urban or rural areas. The procedure presented here, however, allows
for simplified treatments, where appropriate, to expedite the permitting process.
2.1   Simplified  Land Use  Process

       The land  use approach considers four primary land use types:  industrial (I),
commercial (C),  residential (R), and  agricultural (A). Within these primary classes,
subclasses are identified, as shown in Table  1.  The goal is to estimate the percentage of the
area within a 3-km radius that is urban type and the percentage that is rural type.  Industrial
and commercial areas are classified as urban; agricultural areas are classified as rural.
                                   Appendix 1*8

-------
    Type*
            Table 1

Classification of Land  Use Types


   Description                 Urban or rural designation^
11
12
Cl
Rl
R2
R3
R4
Al
A2
A3
A4
A5
Heavy Industrial
Light/Moderate Industrial
Commercial
Common Residential
(Normal Easements)
Compact Residential
(Single Family)
Compact Residential
(Multi-Family)
Estate Residential
(Multi-Acre Plots)
Metropolitan Natural
Agricultural
Undeveloped
(Grasses/Weeds)
Undeveloped
(Heavily Wooded)
Water Surfaces
Urban
Urban
Urban
Rural
Urban
Urban
Rural
Rural
Rural
Rural
Rural
Rural
EPA, Guideline on Air Quality Models (Revised), EPA-450/2-78-027, Office of
Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, July,
1986.
Auer, August Pi Jr., "Correlation of Land Use and Cover with Meteorological
Anomalies," Journal of Applied Meteorology, pp. 636-643,1978.
                           Appendix 1-9

-------
The delineation of urban and rural areas, however, can be more difficult for the residential
type areas shown in Table 1. The degree of resolution shown in Table  1 for residential

areas often cannot be identified without conducting site area inspections and/or referring to
zoning maps. This process can require extensive analysis, which, for many applications,
can be greatly streamlined without sacrificing confidence in selecting the appropriate urban
or rural classification.


       The fundamental simplifying assumption is  based on the  premise that  many

applications will have clear-cut urban/rural designations, i.e., most will be in rural settings

that can be definitively characterized through a brief review of topographical maps. The

color coding  on USGS  topographical maps provides  the most  effective means of

simplifying the typing scheme.  The suggested typing designations for the color codes

found on topographical maps are as follows:

       Green  Wooded areas (rural).

       White  White areas generally will be treated as rural  This code applies to areas that
              are unwooded and do not have densely packed structures, which would
              require the pink code (house omission tint).  Parks,  industrial areas, and
              unforested rural land will appear as white on the topographical maps.  Of
              these categories, only the industrial areas could potentially be classified as
              urban based on EPA 1986 and Auer 1978.  Industrial areas can be easily
              identified in most cases by the characteristics shown in Figure 1.  For this
              simplified procedure, white areas that have an industrial classification will
              be treated as an urban areas.

       Pink   Pink areas indicate  house omission and will be treated as urban in this
              simplified procedure.5 The effect of this simplification is to group housing
              types  Rl and R4 (shown in Table 1) into the urban  fraction, thereby
              removing the need to consider housing types—the most cumbersome step in
              the standard classification method.  Conservative safeguards have been
              incorporated into the simplified approach to ensure that this simplification
              does not result in allowable emission rates that exceed the 10*s risk
              criterion.

       Blue   Water areas (rural).

       Purple Purple areas indicate  revisions  to  previous topographical maps.  If
              individual residences are visible, treat as rural; otherwise, treat as urban.
       These areas can be counted within the rural fraction if the vegetation covers 70 percent or more of
       the area, but for simplicity, these areas will be treated as urban in this procedure.
                                  Appendix I-10

-------
                          Figure  1

        Supplementary  Publication  Symbols
  117  Single track
       Lint *tignt OOS' * * **'9"' OOT. :tngtfi 04'.
       SMCW 20- etnttr to etnttr.


  118  Single track abandoned
                                07*.
 119  Single track under construction
       S»mt it twisting tnen »it* »fl«c* 3?*. <»•*/» JJT
           UMOC*
 120  Multiple main line track
       CWt// »itfffi orr          ..
       OSf soteta X* c»*ttr ta ctmtr. if mart tntn
       (we triett nan. »''" aooow croatit tt ootnt of
       entngt. OouoM cnstM 01 f* ovtrvi »«««.


 121  Multiple track abandoned ________
           «i noting trtcn mth SMC* .W. tf«S/i '**
 122 Multiple track under construction ...  _JJ*i2?,
      Stmt It tutting trten *'t* totet Or. I
123 Juxtaposition .
     *n»rniH tm. IMC
     Minimum SMCf 0*/
     tor ling* trten -DO


124 Railroad in  street
       *n»rniH tm. IMCM
       Minimum SMCf 0*/w««f> ,v«c«i 0"* On* **iynt
       tor ling* trten -DOT, mvltioM tne»$ .003".
                               lao*/
                   .OOT.
  125  Yards
       lint w+gnt OUT Sotct ottwttn t'tcit OH' T\
       toteta .if etnttf to etnttr, mtumum itngtn to
       touen 8 trie**.
 126  Sidings  ._	
       lint **tgn< OOT. SenOt to se*/» •»•*« 'nm/mt
       SMC* Ottwttn trten .011' T,tl SMCftf .70*
       ctnttr to etntf. tngtn Cf lor tfgit :rtc*.
 176  Large buildings		
       Outlint «*>0/ti OOT Wntn *«nn HCftOt 09'
       "«eft «r 45* ««9W ro tuiUmg m */e iir
       tint* .OOT SMCM fl?" etnttr ro c*nf*r.
178 Sewage disposal or filtration plant..  !  "'  "'0==-n~--^
     lint utignl QOT Stt tymool 700 lot Olut
196 Tanks:  oil, gas, water, etc .............. • •  • • c»
     Ore* OJ*Tii/i
      StcttOing iO' Uitmtltt Out/mt »tignt 003"         *"  "^
      w«fen SW-/vfi ».rn oo?- »^*s 50*e*a 07* r*
      (0 etnttr uott tt ;o conttnt
                       Appendix  Ml

-------
       Based on the color code and review of the 3-km radius shown on the topographical
map(s) for the facility under review, the following steps should be performed:

       1.     Identify all white areas that are characterized by the industrial codes and
             circle on the maps—label as "urban" (to be counted in the urban fraction).

       2.     Visually inspect the area within the 3-km radius. If the total of the white
             areas labeled as "urban" plus the  pink areas appears to be less than
             30 percent of the total area within the 3-km radius, select the emission rates
             from the rural tables.  If the total urban types appear to be greater than
             30 percent, and a planimetcr is available, go to step 3; otherwise, proceed
             directly to step 4.

       3.     Measure and sum the white areas labeled as "urban" and the pink areas with
             a planimeter to more accurately estimate the percentage of land areas that is
             included as urban types. If this percentage is less than 50, use the emission
             rates from the rural tables.  If this area is greater than or equal to 50 percent,
             go to step 4.

       4.     Use these final options to classify the site as urban or rural:

             a.    Review emissions limits based on the urban and rural tables and
                   select the more restrictive case or

             b.    Follow the standard land use methods documented in EPA 1986,
                   and Auer 1978. This removes the conservative assumption that all
                   pink areas (house omission tint) are urban.

3.     BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON THE  HEALTH  RISK
       ASSUMPTIONS USED TO ESTABLISH  EMISSION LIMITS

3.1    Carcinogens


       EPA policy suggests that no threshold dose can be demonstrated experimentally for

carcinogens. This leads to the assumption that any exposure theoretically represents some
finite level of risk. EPA's Carcinogen Assessment Group  (CAG) has estimated the

carcinogenic potency for humans exposed to low dose levels of carcinogens. The potency

factors have been used to estimate the unit risk of carcinogenic constituents lists in 40 CFR

Pan  60, Appendix A.  The unit risk is defined as the incremental risk to an individual

exposed for a lifetime to ambient air containing one microgram of the compound per cubic

meter of air.


       This methodology considers inhalation as the only exposure pathway, and does not

take  into account indirect exposures such as ingestion or dermal contact  Cancer risk is

assumed to result only  from exposure to the incinerator emissions.  Cancer incidences

resulting from other industrial or nonindustrial sources are not considered.
                                 Appendix  1-12

-------
       A second issue concerns the methodology, which confines the analysis to the
 D0tential most exposed individual (MEI). The potential MEI risk is the risk at the point
 where the maximum concentration occurs regardless of the actual population distribution.
 Total population risk, which could be expressed as total potential cases produced by the
 facility, is not part of the analysis.

       The Agency is proposing that,  using reasonable worst-case assumptions, an
 incremental lifetime risk to the MEI of less than 1 x 10"5 (1 cancer case per 100,000 people)
 is a reasonable acceptable risk. The aggregate risk to the MEI is calculated by predicting
 the maximum annual average ground level concentration for each carcinogenic emission,
 calculating the estimated risk from that ambient concentration using the unit risk factor, and
 summing the risk for all carcinogenic compounds. EPA's Carcinogen Assessment Group
 (CAG) has estimated carcinogenic potency factors for humans exposed  to known and
 suspected human carcinogens. These factors are the basis for estimating "unit risks" of
 carcinogens at  the low doses associated with typical levels  of exposure to airborne
 carcinogens in the ambient environment  Table 1-2 presents the unit risk values for the
 carcinogens under consideration.

       Nickel is not a carcinogen under consideration because the only carcinogenic forms
 of nickel, nickel carbonyl and nickel subsulfide, are compounds  that  can be reduced under
reducing conditions and, thus, are not believed to be emitted from incineration processes.

                                       Tabls  1-2

                           Unit Risk Values for Carcinogens

                                  Metal         Unit Riskfug/m3)-1

                                  Arsenic        4.3E-03

                                  Beryllium       2.4E-03

                                  Cadmium       1.8E-03

                                  Chromium      1.2E-02
                                  Appendix 1-13 (Corrected 11/89)

-------
3.2   Noncarcinogens

       For toxic substances not known to display carcinogenic properties, there appears to
be an identifiable exposure threshold below which adverse health effects usually do not
occur.  Toxic effects are manifested only when these noncarcinogens are present  in
concentrations above that threshold.  Thus, protection against the adverse health effects of a
threshold toxicant is likely to be achieved by preventing exposure levels from exceeding the
reference dose (RfD).

       Reference air concentrations (RACs) have been developed for HC1 and those
noncarcinogenic metals listed in Appendix VIH of 40 CFR Part 261 for which the Agency
has adequate health effects data. The exposure threshold level for lead is 10 percent of the
NAAQS.  The RAC for HC1 is 100 percent of the inhalation RfD. Selenium is not being
evaluated because health effects data are not available.

       An oral RfD is an estimate of a daily exposure (via ingestion) for the human
population that is likely to be without an appreciable risk of deleterious effects even if
exposure occurs daily during a lifetime. The RfD for a specific chemical is calculated by
dividing the experimentally determined no-observed-adverse-effect-level by the appropriate
uncertainty factors).

       The Agency is proposing to use the following equation to convert oral RfDs to
RACs in mg/m^:
              RfD (mg/kg-bw/dav) x body weight x correction factor x background levels
                                    m3 air breathed/day

       where:
       •      RfD is the oral reference dose;
       •      Body weight is assumed to be 70 kg for an adult male;
       •      Volume of air breathed by an adult male is assumed to be 20 m3/day,
       •      Correction factor for route to route extrapolation (going from the oral route
              to the inhalation route is assumed to be 1.0); and
       •      Factor to apportion the RfD to the intake resulting from direct inhalation of
              the  compound emitted from the source is  0.25 (i.e., an  individual is
              assumed to be exposed to 75 percent of the RfD from the combination of
              other sources).
                                  Appendix 1*14

-------
       The RACs are used to determine if adverse health effects are likely to result from
exposure to stack emissions by comparing ground level concentrations of a pollutant to the
pollutant's RAC.  If the RAG is not exceeded, adverse health effects are not anticipated.

       The Agency's reasoning for proposing RACs derived from oral RfDs is as follows:

       1.  EPA has developed verified RfDs and is committed to establishing RfDs for all
          constituents of Agency interest. The verification process is conducted by an
          EPA work group, and the conclusions and reasoning for these decisions are
          publicly available.

       2.  The verification process assures that the critical study is of appropriate length
          and quality to derive a health limit for long-term, lifetime protection.

       3.  RfDs are based on the best available information that meets minimal scientific
          criteria and may come from experimental animal studies or human studies.

       4.  RfDs are designed to give long-term protection to all members of the population
          including persons at unusual risk, such as pregnant women, growing children,
          and older men and women.

       5.  RfDs  are designated by the Agency as  being of high, medium,  or low
          confidence depending on the quality of the information and the amount of
          supporting data.


       The Agency used the following strategy to derive the inhalation exposure limits:

       1.     Where a verified oral RfD has been based on  an inhalation study,  the
             inhalation exposure limit will be calculated directly from the study.

       2.     Where a verified oral RfD has been based on an oral study, a conservative
             assumption for route to route extrapolation in deriving an inhalation limit
             will be used; that is, the conversion factor is assumed to be  1.

       3.     Where EPA health documents containing relevant inhalation toxiciry data
             exist, such as the Health Effects Assessments (HEAs)  and the Health
             Effects and Environmental Profiles (HEEPs),  the data  will be used in
             deriving an inhalation exposure limit  Other agency health documents (e.g.,
             NIOSH's criteria documents) will also be considered.

      4.     The Agency recognizes the limitations  of the route-to-route conversions
             used to derive the RACs and is in the process of examining the confounding
             factors affecting these  conversions such as:  (a) the appropriateness of
             extrapolating when a portal of entry is the critical target organ; (b) first pass
             effects; and (c) the effect of the route  upon dosimeny.  The Agency is
             developing reference dose values for inhalation exposure, and many are
             expected to be available this year.
                                 Appendix  I-IS

-------
       Table 1-3 presents the reference air concentrations for the noncarcinogens under
consideration.

                                       Table 1-3

                  Reference Air Concentrations  for Noncarcinogens
Metal
Antimony
Barium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
ThaJBum
Hydrogen Chloride

RAG
(wg/m3)
0.3
50
0.09
0.3
3
0.3
150 (3 min)
7 (annual)
                                 Appendix 1-16

-------
Appendix EL  Using the GEMS System

-------
                            Table of Contents

                                                                  Page No

Appendix II:  Using  the GEMS  System

Step-by-Step Procedures for Using GEMS
      Step 1:  Accessing the GEMS System and GAMS Subsystem	II-1
      Step 2: Obtain Meteorological Data Requirements for ISGLT	II-l
      Step 3: Consult with the Regional Meteorologist or the Permit Assistance
      Team (PAT)	H-2
      Step 4: Identify the Worst-Case Stack.	II-2
      StepS: Create the ISCLT Input File and Run the Model	II-3
      Step 6:  Follow up Model Runs for Greater Detail	H-5

-------
Procedures for Using
GEMS

Step  1:  Accessing the
GEMS system and
GAMS subsystem.
(A)   Use  (or open) an active account  on EPA's Vax
      system.  To open a new account, contact Ms. Pat
      Harrigan ((202) 382-3397) or Mr.  Daryl Kaufman
      ((202) 382-3929).

(B)   Use  a terminal that prints all  input and output
      information directly onto a printer.

(Q   Get into the GEMS system.  Enter "YES" to the
      system prompt

      Refer to the GEMS user's manual  included in this
      appendix,

(D)   Answer the prompt to identify your terminal type by
      entering  the appropriate number.
Step 2:  Obtain          (A)
meteorological data
requirements for
ISCLT: One of the key
data requirements for        (B)
ISCLT is a representative
meteorological data set      (Q
The GAMS package
contains a national data
base for meteorological
conditions (currently
being updated with the
latest data from the
National Climatic Center).   (D)
When the user identifies
the location of the          (E)
incinerator (by latitude and
longitude), the GEMS
software lists the weather    (F)
stations nearest to the  site
that can be used in the
model run. This list
typically contains about
five to seven stations.
      Enter  "2"  for  Geodata Handling, "2" for
      Environmental Data Locator, "5" Search for STAR
      Station.

      Enter "1ISC, 2 LAT/LON." Then type "NEXT."

      Using as an example a latitude of 33° 45* 35"N and a
      longitude of 84° 23' 44", type the  following
      incorporating the actual latitude/longitude values
      from the incinerator application:

      "1 334535,2 842344." Then type "NEXT."

      Enter "GO" when prompted.

      The GEMS software will print out the available
      meteorological stations for the ISCLT model run.

      Enter "BACK," then "EXIT," and "YES" to confirm
      the Exit command When the "$" prompt appears,
      enter "LOGOFF' to leave the GEMS system.
                                Appendix II-1

-------
Step 3i  Consult with
the  Regional
Meteorologist or the
Permit  Assistance
Team (PAT).
Sten 4:  Identify the
worst-case  stack.
(A)    Ask for assistance from the Regional Meteorologist
       or  PAT  to  identify the most representative
       meteorological station for the incinerator site.

(B)    The Regional  Meteorologist  or  PAT  should
       determine whether the source is located in a special
       terrain feature or near a shoreline that would make
       the available meteorological  data from  GEMS
       inappropriate for modeling the incinerator site.

(Q    If the Regional Meteorologist or PAT determines that
       the meteorological data available through GEMS is
       not appropriate for the site, perform  site-specific
       modeling.

(A)    If the facility has more than one incinerator stack, use
       the following equation for each stack:

                     K*HVT

       Where:  K»    An arbitrary parameter accounting for
                           relative influence of physical stack
       height,               plume rise, and the total feed rate.

              H *    Physical stack height (m)

              V«    Flow rate (m3/sec)

              T«    Exhaust temperature (K).

       The stack with the lowest value of K is the worst-
       case stack.

(B)    If the facility has only one incinerator stack, then this
       is the worst-case stack.
                                  Appendix II-2

-------
Step 5;  Create the
ISCLT input file and
run the  model.
(A)


(B)


(Q



(D)




(E)




(F)


(G)
                         (H)


                         (D
Get back into the GEMS system. Enter "YES" to the
system prompt

Answer the prompt to identify your terminal type by
entering the appropriate number.

Enter the option numbers "1" for Modeling, "1" for
Air Models, "4" for GAMS system, and "1" for
GAMS interface.

Enter "AUTOHELP." Then enter "NEW" for new
study,  then a 1 to 10 character study name (e.g.,
"FACILITY X"), a 1 to 80 character study title, and
a 1 to 6 character run name (e.g., "RUNl'V

Enter  "ISC"  for model to be used, "C"  for
concentration, a 1 to 60 character chemical name
(e.g., "METALS"), and "PARTICLE" for the state
of the chemical

Enter "NO" for chemical removal and "NO" for dry
deposition.

Enter  a  I  to 24 character  site name  (e.g.,
"ATLANTA") and "L" for site location identifier.
Enter the latitude of the site (e.g., "33 45 35") and
the longitude (e.g., "84 23 44"). After the STAR
stations are printed, enter the four-digit station
number of the station  chosen  by  the Regional
Meteorologist or PAT. Enter "R" if the site is rural
or "Ul" if the site is urban.

When the site name prompt comes up again, simply
hit the return or enter key.

Enter "YES," then "SP" for special grid distances.
Enter the following distances for each of the ring
prompts: 0.2  (or shortest distance to fenceline if
greater than 0.2 kilometer), 0.4,  0.6, 0.8,  1.0, 1.5,
2.0, 3.0,4.0, and 5.0. For example: the system will
prompt with  "Enter the  last  ring distance in
kilometers:," to which is entered  "0.2" (or the
shortest distance to fenceline), etc. When the system
prompts for the 11th distance, simply hit the enter or
return key.
                                Appendix  II-3

-------
(J)    Enter "1" for the number of concentration points per
      ring.

(K)   Enter a 1 to 24 character source category name (e.g.,
      "INCINERATOR"), then enter a 1 to 12 character
      name  for  the  first  emission  type  (e.g.,
      "SOURCE1").

(L)   Enter "S" for method of treating this emission type.
      Then enter the corresponding values to the system
      prompts for exit temperature, exit velocity, and inner
      stack diameter of the worst-case stack found in Step
      4.

(M)   If the physical stack height is less than 2.5 times the
      nearby building height, then enter "YES" to the
      building wake effects prompt If the physical stack
      height is greater than 2.5 times the nearby building
      height, enter "NO" and skip to step (N). Enter the
      height and width (the results of taking the square root
      of the length times width) of the nearby building at
      the system prompt

(N)   Enter the physical stack height at the system prompt

(O)   Enter the site  name  used in (G) above  (e.g.,
      "ATLANTA"), then enter the source category used in
      step (K) (e.g.,  "INCINERATOR").  Next enter
      "1.0" when the system prompts for the  stack
      emission rate.  Simply hit the enter or return key
      when the  system prompts for the source category
      again.

(P)   Enter "YES" to save the ISC model output, then
      enter a 1 to 40 character tide that will be placed on the
      top of each page of model output (e.g., "ANNUAL
      CONCENTRATIONS  FOR FACILITY X").  Then
      enter "ALL" to prompt for summary tables.

(Q)   Enter "NONE" to the exposure calculations prompt,
      "NO" to the estimation of lifetime risk, and "YES" to
      saving the concentration files.  The  system will
      respond  with "GAMSIN  session  completed,"
      indicating that the ISCLT input file is created.
       Appendix IM

-------
                          (R)   Enter "2" for the GAMS model run, then enter the
                                study name used in step (D) at the system prompt.
                                Enter "GO" to run GAMS.  The system indicates the
                                job entry number as the model run is started Within
                                a few minutes the system will indicate that the run is
                                completed

                          (S)   Enter "EXIT* and "YES" to leave the GAMS
                                system.  Enter the run name used in step (D) as in the
                                following example: 'TYPE RUNISC001.OUT" and
                                the model results will be printed

                          CD    Enter "LCX3OFF' to leave the GEMS system.

                          (U)   Review model output
Step 6:  Follow up
model  runs for
greater detail.
Repeat the entire Step 5 process, with the exception
of using up to 10 ring distances, equally spaced,
between the standard distances shown to have the
maximum offsite concentrations.  For example, if the
maximum was shown to occur between  0.4  and
0.6 km, the follow-up model run would contain ring
distances of 0.40, 0.425, 0.45,  0.475 km, and so
forth up to 0.60 km.
                               Appendix  II-5

-------
    Ill" "II Illlll IIUUII HI	""1111111111
                            SENS
   1. Tao FH/EXPORT  procedure 62DBF and s&y are „„, available  for
     data convtr^on f^ ggnS datasets to .DBF  and .DIP flits.  The
     .DBF and .DIP  fjies cm be downloaded to IBM PC for use in  tht
     dBflSE III and  LOTUS 1-2-3 software resptctivtly.     U/12/86)
   2. A  VT100 full  scrwn rtitor is now available for creating and
     modify GENS datastts.    This editor can be  selected froi tht
     Filt Manage*** Him.                               (2/12/87)
 linn mil m "u mi ii imniiiii in mi mnm

 MENU: Ttninal Typt Sptcification

      1. VTKXHx^jatjblt teraiMl         2.  Tektronix 4010 ttrainal
      1 VTIOO with TEK4010 ewUtor       4.  Tiktronix 4014 ttrainal
      5. 80  colian flSCII teraiMl         6.  Ttktronix 4105 ttrainal
      7. 132 colon ASCII teraiMl         8.  Tektronix 4106 ttnunal
      9. LA120 DEDriter teraiMl         10.  Tektronix 4107 teraiMl

 Please identify your teraiMl type by mater
 ? 7
 P3h>

                  6MPNIOL EXPOSURE MOOELI» SYSTEM

                             Virsion  8.1

                             dtwloped by

                     GENEML SCIENCES COflPOWTION

                                for

                 US.  ENVIROMENTIL PROTECTION  flBENCY
                OFFICE OF PESTICIDES AND TOXIC SUBS'
A series of HELP information is available by entering HELP or TUTOR
Use the PR procedure in tht Utilities operation to report problen in SENS.
MENU: Graphical Exposure Modeling System

1.  Modeling                                                   (NO)
2.  Geodata Handling                                            (SH)
1  Graphic*                                                   (6R)
4.  File Nanaownt                                             (FM)
3.  Estimation                                                  (ES)
6.  Statistics                                                  (SD
7.  Utilities                                                   (UT)

Enter an option number or a procedure name  (in parentheses)
or a wmmand: HBP, HOP option, BfiCX, CUAR, EXIT, TUTOR
? I
                                Appendix  II-4

-------
 «MJ:

 1.  Air Models                                                (flIR)
 2.  SoU Hoatls                                               (SOIU
                                                              <«TER>
 4.   Nultmdia Hotel*                                          (MULTI)

 Entfr an option muter or • proctdurt ntv (in partnthtfts)
 or a co—and: HELP,  HELP option,  BACK, CLOW,  EIIT, TUnJR
 ? 1

 CM)>  Air (todtlt

 1.   Singlff ATM Sown Box Mil                                (BOMB)
 2.   Point Sourct (hourly conctn.) Nodtl
 3.   Point Sourct (HxiMn conctn. ) Nodtl
 4.   GENS Atmphtric Nodtl ing  Subtysttt
 5.   Sauwian INttgratid PIFF Nodtl                              (INPtJFF)
Enttr an option nurttr or a proctdurt mm (in pannthtMs)
or a cownd: »€LP, KLP option, BflCK,  OZPJJ, EXIT,  TUTW


NQU: BEMS Atmphtric Nodtling Subsysta
1.  SPJ6 INttrfact                                             (GflNSIN)
2.  6flNS»dtllU<                                             (MMO
3.  SPJ6 UTILitin                                             (GPJBJTIU
Enttr an option mater or a proctdurt naat  (in partnthMM)
or a coHund: HELP,  HELP option, BACK,  CLEAR, EXIT,  TUTOR
? 1
            SMS Atamphiric Nodtl inq Subtytti
                       Vtnion 1.1

                           by

              BENEML SCIDCES CORPORATION
                           Appendix  II-7

-------
*-*  SflHS CONTROL  *-*

flrt you sttting up a  DM study or r*-tntering * study:  ntn

Enttr tht study naw: clutt

Enttr the study titlts  plans to list halogtn acid furnacts  as  industrial  furnacts

Enttr tht run MM: ttra

Which of tht atmohtric Mdtls dill you bt using in tht study: htlp


  Tht atBosphtric wdtls currtntly availablt art tht Industrial
  Sourct Ctapltx (IX)  long-ttm Kdtl and tht atiosphtric arta
  sourct aodtl (TQXBOX).  Enttr tithtr ISC, TOXBOX, or BOTH.

Which of tht atMosphtric ndtls Mill you bt using in tht study:  isc

Art you calculating conctntration or total dtposition in tht ISC wdtl:  ntlp
  Typt CONCENTRATION (C)  if you want to calculatt avtragt ground-liwl
  conctntration.   Typt DEPOSITION  (0) to calculatt only total opposition.
  Uhtn wdtling conctntration, pluat dtplttion dut to gravitational
  stttling can bt account*! for.

Art you calculating conctntration  or total dtposition in tht ISC todtl: c
«-t  6ANB OOICflL DATA  »-*

Enttr tht cntncal nssvt gtntric

Enttr tht statt of tht chttical: ntlp
  Typt 6AS if tht pollutant is gistous,  or typt PARTICLE if
  tht pollutant is a
Enttr tht state of the cnsvical: particlt
                  IIUIHIIIilllllliHIIIIIIIIillllllllll
                  •                                     f
                  *   DOUSTRIAL SOURCE Om£X MODEL   •
                  •                                     t
                  iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
                            Appendix

-------
«-» ISC (BOWL SPECIFICfiTIONS »-»

Do you Mnt  to includt chwical ntoval in tht ISC ndtl: htlp


  Atspond YES for pluw dtplttion dut to thi atiosphtric half-lift
  dKiy ttr« in tht ISC todtl.  Rtspond MO, or prwn RETURN,
  for no pi UH dtplftion.

Do you Miit  to ineludt chMical rtaoval in tht ISC todtl: n

Do you Mnt  to ineludt dry dtposition moval in tht ISC Hdtli htlp
  Typt YES if you Miit to calculate jround-ltvtl conctntration with
  dtpoiition occurring.  Typt NO,  or prtw RETURN, if you Mnt to
  calculate conetntration vithout dtpoiition.  Gravitational Mttling
  gmrally acts to rtduct concintratiora.  Uhtn particlt tin data
  art not availablt or a comtrvativt analytif it dtsirad,  gravitational
  Mttling Mould gmrally bt suppntMrt.  IIOMvtr,  nott that for
  clowin rtctpton ntar high stacks, conctntrations can bt substantially
  incrtastd through tht ust of gravitational stttling.

Do you Mnt to ineludt dry opposition rtwval in tht ISC todtlt n
«-« ISC SITE LJXflTIQH AM) CTEOROL06Y *-*

Enttr tht sitt AMI: clutt ttxas

Enttr tht sitt location idtntifitr: htlp


  Typt LAT/L9B OJ if you Mnt to tnttr tht  Utitudt/longitudt
  coordiMtn of tht sitt.  Typt zip codt  (Z)  if you Mnt to havt
  tht sitt ctnttrtd on tht coordinatts of  tht postal zip codt
  rfudi you Hill mttr.  Latitudt and longitudt valuts art
  prtftrtblt sinct tht ust of zip codt inforastion only
  approiiMtts tht actual location and My significantly
  afftct NtiHtn of population nposurt.

Enttr tht sitt location idtntifitr: 1

Enttr tht latitudt of tht sitt in dtgrtts tinutts sicondst 28 39 7

Enttr tht longitudt of tht sitt in dtgrtts tinutts SKondSi 95 23 23
                          Appendix U-9

-------
           STATION Nfi«

        GflLVESTON/SCHOLES TX
        HOUSTON/HOBBY 129 TX
         VICTDRIfl/FOSTER TX
        PUT ARTHJR/JEFFER TX
         BEEVILLE/CHASE TX
         CORPUS CHRISTI TX
          LAKE CHARLES LA
             LflT
           (leg i
 LOW
deg ««
PERIOD OF
 RECORD
STflBILlTY
 OPSSES
DISTRK3
  (ki)
          N 29 IS  / U 94 52
          N 29 39  / H 95 17
          N 28 51  / U % 55
          N 29 57  / U 94 01
          N2B23  / V 97 40
          N 27 42  / W 97 16
          N 30 07  / U 93 13
1956-1960
1964-1968
1965-1974
1972-1976
1965-1969
1965-1969
1966-1970
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
59.6
74.6
149. a
170.7
231.8
232.5
244.7
Entir tht STM station  (INDEX) nuter:  0065

Specify rural  or out of tht urban aodM:  htlp
  Typt RUM. (R)  to fpKify mr«l not,  which don not rtdtfint
  tht stability cattgorits.  Typt URBAN1 (Ul)  to rtdtfim tht
  E and F stability eattgorin as D.  Typt UR8AN2 (1C) to rtdtfint
  stability cattgory B «• A, C as B, OasC,andEandFasO.
  It should bt nottd that tht ust of URBPN2 gtntrally is not
              for rtgulatory purpotn.
Spteify rural or ont of tht urban wdts: r

Enttr tht sitt matt htlp
  Tht naav of tht sitt tay consist of up to 24 characttrs,
  You tay spacify up to 100 situ by typing a sitt
  tach iim it is raqvttttd.  Prtss RETURN to signal
  you art finishtd.
Entir tht sitt
t
*-» IX PQLM COQROINRTE SRIO SPECIFICATIONS *-*

Do you want to apply tht sat* polar  grid at all sitni htlp
  Typt YES if you want to apply tht  saav polar coordinate grid
  at all titts, othmrist typt NO (or  pnss RETURN)

Do yo« Hank to apply tht saav polar  grid at all sittsi y

Entir STflKMRD or SPECIPL for tht polar coordinatt systa*: htlp
  Typt STANDARD (ST) if you want  a polar coordinatt sytta* consisting of
  16 SKtors and 10 rings at distanets of 0.3,  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 13,
  29, and SO kilotwttrs, and 3 conctntrations for tach ring applitd
  at all situ.  Typt SPECIAL (SP)  if you nant  to spxify your om
  coordinatt characttristics.

Entir STMMRD or SPECIAL for tht polar coordinatt systsai st
                           Appendix  11-10

-------
*-* ISC SOURCE DORflCTERIZflTION *-*

Enter the source category  nave: help


  The source category naee My consist of up to 24 characters.
  You My specify up to twenty source categories by typing a
  source category naae each tiee it is requested.  Press
  RETURN to signal you are finished.  Exaeples of source
  categories are as follows: Manufacturing, Refining, Power
  Generation.   Type LIST to obtain a list of source categories
  entered.

Enter the source category  naee: plant b

Enter the 1st  Mission type naM: help


  The Mission type neee My consist of up to 12 characters.
  You My Hke up to fifty Mission type entries per source category
  by typing an Mission type nae* each tiM it is requested.  You are
  lieited to nine unique Mission type naees per source  category and
  ten unique naees across  all source categories.  Press RETURN to signal
  you are finished.  Exaeples of Mission types are as follows:  process,
  storage,  fugitive process, fugitive erosion.  Type LIST to obtain a list
  of Mission types entered.

Enter the 1st  Mission type naM: process

Specify the eethod of treating this Mission type: help


  Type STOCK (S) if you want to have the Mission treated as a
  stack source, type VGUJPC (V) to treat the Mission as a  voluM
  source, or type AREA (AR) if the Mission is to be treated as
  an area source.  Point sources are typically treated as stack
  Missions.

Specify the eethod of treating this Mission type: s

Enter the stack gas exit taenrature in degrMs Kelvin:  300

Enter the stack gas exit velocity in etters per second:  12

Enter the inner stack diaecter in eeters:  0.9

Do you wish to consider building wake effects: help


  Type YES if you  wish to consider wake effects for the current
  Mission type, otherwise type NO, or press RETURN.  You will be
  proepted for the height  and width of the building adjacent to
  the stack upon a YES response.

Do you wish to consider building wake effects: n



                       Appendix  11-11

-------
Enttr th« height of tht pollutant Mission  in Mttrs: htlp


  This if tht htight abovt ground in Mttrs of tht pollutant
  Mission.   For voliat sourcts, this is tht htight to tht
  ctnttr of  tht sourct.

Enttr tht htight of tht pollutant Mission in Mttrs: 40

Entir tht 2nd Mission typt naat:

Enttr tht souret cattgory MM:
•-* MTDUN6 ISC SOURCES UITH ISC SITES •-#

Currtnt sitt:  elutt tnas

Enttr a sourct cattgory for this sitts htlp


  Sptcify a sourct cattgory that applits to tht currant sitt.
  You tay sptcify  tort than ont by typing a sourct cattgory tach
  tiM it is rtqutttid.  Prass RETURN* to signal you art finishtd.
  Typt LIST to obtain  a listing of sourct cattoorits tnttrtd.

Enttr a sourct cattgory for this sitti plant b

Enttr tht lit PROCESS  (Stack) Mission strtngths 1.0

Enttr a sourct catnory for this sittt


*-* ISC OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS *-*

Do you Hish to savt tht  ISC Mdtl outputi y

Enttr tht titlt for tht  ISC todtl output: Missions

Sptcify tht input  data to bt printtd in tht  ISC todtl outputi htlp


  Typt NONE  (N) to indicatt that  no input  data art to  bt printtd
  in tht ISC Mdtl output flit.   Typt DM  IP  to  print  tht control
  parMttirs, rtctptor and ttttorological  data.   Typt  SOURCE  (S)
  to print tht covet input data.   Typt fill  (Pi)  to indicatt  §11
  input data art to bt printtd  in tht IX  sodtl output  fill.

Sptcify tht input  data to bt  printtd in tht  ISC tootl  outputs all
                       Appendix 11-12

-------
*-*  SflK POSTPROCESSING

      of tht exposure calculations do you Mitt to estieate:  htlp
  Typf EXPOSURE,  ifUflLflTION exposure,  BOTH, or IOC.   tasponding BOTH -ill
  givt one table  of both exposure and  inhalation exposure results.  Respond
  NONE for no exposure or inhalation exposure tables.

Which of the exposure calculations do  you Hani to estiute: none

Do you want to estiute excess lifetiee risk: htlp


  Type YES if you want excess lifttit* risk estimations.  Type NO,
  or press HE71UN, if you do not want  risk estieations.

Do you Hint to estimate excess lifetiee risks n

Do you want to save the concentration  files: y

SPJGIN session completed

MENU: GEMS Ataospheric Node ling Subiystei
1.  6PJ6 interface
2.  eflNSeodil  Ml
3.  6M6 UTILities

Enter an option nueter or a procedure MM (in parentheses)
or a coeawid: t€LP, KLP option, BRCK, OEM, EXIT, TUTOR
?2

 The studynan  you Mill enter should correspond oith a studynae*
 fron the following list
                                                                (GPJ6IN)
                                                                (6PJ6RW)
                                                                (GMGUTIL)
                            S»6 S7I0Y NflKS
00
CUTE
TEXAS
1
OCN1 CIWY - 1
COflEX 1
1
1
Enter the studyneae for this SMS runt clute
Enter 60 to run 6RNBi go
Job 6MB (punt SYSfMTDV entry 1295) started on SYSfMTCH

MENU* SENS ftteospheric Modeling Subsyttea

1.  8MB interface
2.  BMBeadtl MM
1  SMBUTILitiM

Enter an option nuaber or a procedure neat (in pai'entheses)
or a coeaand: HELP,  HELP option, BRCX, CLEM, HIT, TUTOI
                                                                 (6RHSIN)
                                                                 (BflMSUD
                                                                 (BMBUTIU
Job 9PJ6 (aura SYStSffTDi,  mtry  1295) co^leted
                                    Appendix  n-13

-------
lilt
Typt YES or NO to confirm tht EXIT
'y
I dir ttxas*. *;*

Dirtctory DBflfi: CEEDVER1J
TEXAS.BWJN;!        TElftS.U»;l        TEXAS.UJ6;!
TEWS. SOURCES;!     TEXAS001.ISC;!      TEXASOl.BAW;!
TEXASISC01.CONC?!   TEXPSISCEMLOMC;!  TEXASTOT.CONC;!
TEXAS.S1TES;1
TEXASISC001.0UT;!
Total of 11
• typt tn«001.
SITE 001 - clutt tiro             - EMISSIONS
 12200323300 0-7-8-9 00100
   1   0  30  16   0  1   6   6  16   0

    166.67    33133   500.00    666.67    833.33
   2000.00   2333.33  2666.67   3000.00   3333.33
   4666.67   5000.00  6666.67   833133  10000.00
  1833133  21666.67  25000.00  3333134  41666.67
        0.     22.50
<7»,6f7.5)
   N A 0.000020.000110.000000.000000.000000.00000
 NNE A 0.000010.000070.000000.000000.000000.00000
  NE A 0.000040.000050.000000.000000.000000.00000
 ENE A 0.000010.000070.000000.000000.000000.00000
   E A 0.(NX)030.000160.000000.000000.000000.00000
 ESE A 0.000050.000110.000000.000000.000000.00000
  SE A 0.000030.000180.000000.000000.000000.00000
 SSE A 0.000060.000180.000000.000000.000000.00000
   S A 0. (100050.000110.000000. 000000.000000.00000
 SSU A 0.000010.000090.000000.000000.000000.00000
  SU A 0.000090.000000.000000.000000.000000.00000
 USU A 0.000040.000090.000000.000000.000000.00000
   U A 0.000010.000050.000000. OOOOOCL 000000.00000
 UNU A 0.000010.000090.000000.000000.000000.00000
  NU A 0.000060.000180.000000.000000.000000.00000
 NNU A 0.000040.000090.000000.000000.000000.00000
   N B 0.000490.001440.001390.000000.000000.00000
 NNE B 0.000210.000840.000820.000000.000000.00000
  NE B 0.000320.000970.000900.000000.000000.00000
 ENE B 0.000110.000320.000370.000000.000000.00000
   E B 0.0002BO. 000800.001280.000000.000000.00000
 ESE B 0.000320*001070.001990.000000.000000.00000
  SE B 0.000390.001140.002440.000000.000000.00000
 SSE B 0.000210.000790.001830.000000.000000.00000
   S B 0.000940.001460.003190.000000.000000.00000
 SSU B 0.000290.000410.000660.000000.000000.00000
  SU B 0.000330.000390.000210.000000.000000.00000
 USU B 0.000040.000230.000090.000000.000000.00000
   U B 0.000370.000970.000320.000000.000000.00000
 UNU B 0.000250.000660.000320.000000.000000.00000
  NU B 0.000190.000430.000300.000000.000000.00000
 NNU B 0.000160.000300.000180.000000.000000.00000
                                                    1000.00
                                                    3666.67
                                                   11666.67
                                                   50000.00
   1333.33   1666.67
   4000.00   4333.33
  13333.33  15000.00
                           Appcadix  D-14

-------
  N C 0.000250.001370.006600.001320.000160.00000
*€ C 0.000140.000660.004250.000690.000070.00000
 NE C 0.000260.000780.003590.000330.000050.00000
EJC C 0.000120.000430.002100.000660.000140.00000
  ECO. 000120. OOOB90.006940.003110.000250.00002
ESE C 0.000130.001000.009730.004160.000270.00000
 SE C 0.000120.001210.010600.004490.0004M. 00002
SSE C 0.000170.000600.007740.0036BO.000340.00000
  S C 0.000290.001260.012700.007B60.001100.00002
SSU C 0.000060.000620.003520.003400.001560.00005
 SU C 0.000140.000340.001320.000570.000320.00000
USU C 0.000090.000370.000940.000110.000000.00000
  U C 0.000170.000*10.001300.000160.000000.00005
UNH C 0.000080.000500.001530.000160.000020.00002
 NU C 0.000060.000640.001460.000180.000160.00011
MM C 0.000060.000550.001350.000230.000110.00005
  N 0 0.000450.002310.009550.022490.013610.00525
MC 0 0.000230.001300.006360.017450.010280.00329
 NE 0 0.000420.0017*0.014070.019460.006330.00123
ENE 0 0.000260.001370.010250.014590.006370.00121
  E 0 0.000460.003010.017490.021630.006100.00130
ESE 0 0.000320.003010.022700.033050.006300.00121
 SE 0 0.000470.002630.028590.037750.006070.00089
SSE 0 0.000180.001260.019570.030150.005410.00046
  S D 0.000580.002100.021810.041110.006500.00037
SSU 0 0.000170.000960.006170.017010.004610.00037
 SU D 0.000810.000820.005320.009000.008380.00055
USU D 0.000140.000370.002310.002470.000660.00011
  U D 0.000250.000660.008560.003360.000910.00030
MM D 0.000060.000660.003200,004750.002280.00075
 NU D 0.000210.000640.004250.009930.005320.001%
NNU D 0.000090.000460.003150.007670.006420.00386
  N E 0.000000.001940.003450.000000.000000.00000
MC E 0.000000.000940.002670.000000.000000.00000
 MI E 0.000000.002630.006330.000000.000000.00000
EMI E 0.000000.001780.002670.000000.000000.00000
  E E 0» 000000.003320.004860.000000.000000.00000
ESE E 0.000000.003770.009820. OCIOOOO. 000000.00000
 SE E 0.0000^ 003240.014910.000000. OMOOO. 00000
SSE E 0.000000.002060.011760.000000.000000.00000
  S E 0.000000.003560.022970.000000.000000.00000
SSU E 0.000000.001070.009130.000000.000000.00000
 SU E 0.000000.001510.006310,000000.000000.00000
USU E 0.000000. OOOWO. 003170.000000.000000.00000
  H E 0.000000.000780.003770.000000.000000.00000
UMi E 0.000000.000710.002260.000000.000000.00000
 NU E 0.000000.001050.004270.000000.000000.00000
NNU E 0.000000.000480.002120.000000.000000.00000
  N F 0.002330,002740. OOOW. 000000.000000.00000
MC F 0.001340.001780.000000.000000.000000.00000
 MI F 0.002390.002560.000000.000000.000000.00000
EMI F 0.001370.001990.000000.000000.000000.00000
                    Appradiz  IMS

-------
  E F 0.003J70.003850.000000.000000.000000.00000
 ESE F 0.002090.003430.000000.000000.000000.00000
  SE F 0.003040.004840.000000.000000.000000.00000
 SSE F O.W1440.003040.000000.000000.000000.00000
  S F 0.003870.006690.000000.000000.000000.00000
 SSU F 0.002070.003490.000000.000000.000000.00000
  SU F 0.0042.0(>4750.
-------
      ISCLT iiiiiiiiiiiii SITE 001  - cluti ttxu              - EMISSIONS

                                        - ISCLT INPUT DATA -

          NUMBER OF SOURCES *   1
          NUMBER OF X MIS BRIO SYSTEM POINTS >   30
          NUMBER OP Y AXIS GRID SYSTEM POINTS •   16
          NUMBER OF SPECIAL POINTS  *    0
          NUMBER OF SEASONS «   1
          NJKR Of MIND SPEED CLASSES *   6
          NUMBER OF STABILITY CLASSES «   6
          NUMBER OF MIND DIRECTION  CLASSES •  16
          PILE NUMBER OF DATA FILE  USED FOR REPORTS •   1
          Tt€ PROGRAM IS RUN IN RURAL MODE
          CONCENTRATION (DEPOSITION)  UNITS CONVERSION FACTOR  4.10000000EX>7
          ACCELERATION OF SRAVITY  
-------
ISCLT

*»#* SITE 001  - clutt ttxas              ' EMISSIONS

                   - ISCLT INPUT DflTfl  (CGNT.) -
PflGE
               - FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF WIND SPEED, DIRECTION WD STflBILITY -

                                         SEASON 1

                                   STflBILITY CATEGORY 1
 UIMD SPEED  UINDSPEED  WIND  SPEED
 CATEGORY 1  CATEGORY 2  CATEGORY  3
                                                   UIND SPEED  HIND SPEED  HIND SPEED
                                                   CATEGORY 4  CATEGORY 5  CATEGORY 6
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
0.000
22.500
45.000
67.500
90.000
112.500
135.000
157.500
180.000
202.500
225.000
247.500
270.000
292.500
315.000
337.500
{ 0.7300lf>S)(

0.00002000
0.00001000
0.00004000
0.00001000
0* 00003000
0.00005000
0.00003000
0.00006000
0.00005000
0.00001000
0.00005000
0.00004000
0.00001000
0.00001000
0.00006000
0.00004000
2.5000*5)

0.00011000
0.00007000
0.00005000
0.00007000
0.00016000
0.00011000
0.00018000
0.00018000
0.00011000
0.00005000
0.00000000
0.00005000
0.00005000
0.00005000
0.00018000
0.00005000
( 4.3000*3)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
( 6. 3000*3) <

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0*00000000
0. 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
9.5000*3)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0*00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
(12.5000*5)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0* 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0. 00000000
0. 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
                                          SEASON i

                                    STflBILITY CflTEBWLgL__.

                UIND SPEED  WIND SPEED  HIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIND SPEED
                CATEGORY 1  CATEGORY I  CATEGORY 3  CATEGORY 4  CATEGORY 5  CATEGORY 6
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
0.000
22.500
45.000
67.500
90.000
112.500
133.000
157.500
180.000
208.500
225.000
247.500
270.000
298.500
315.000
337.500
( 0. 7300*3) (

0.00049000
0.00021000
0.00032000
0.00011000
0.00028000
0.00032000
0. 00035000
0.00021000
0.00053999
0.00029000
0.00033000
0.00004000
0.00037000
0.00023000
0.00019000
0.00016000
2.5000*5)

0.00143999
0.00083999
0.00036999
0.00032000
0.00079999
0.00106999
0.00113999
0.00074999
0.00147998
0.00041000
0.00039000
0.00023000
0.00056999
0.00065999
0.00043000
0.00030000
( 4. 3000*5) (

0.00134999
0.00081999
0.00049999
0.00037000
0.00127999
0.00154998
0.00843998
0.00188998
0.00314997
0.00063999
0.00021000
0.00009000
0.00032000
0.00032000
0.00030000
0.00018000
6. 8000*5) (

0. 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
9.5000*5)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0. OOOOOQOO
0.00000000
0.00000000
0. 00000000
0*00000000
0*00000000
0*00000000
0*00000000
0. 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0. 00000000
0.00000000
(12.5000*5)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0* 00000000
0* 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0. 00000000
0.00000000
                                                Appendix  11-18

-------
ISO.T
iini  SITE 001 - clutt
- EMISSIONS
                                 - ISCLT
                                 DflTfl
 - FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF MIND SPEED, DIRECTION &$ STflBILlTY -

                           SEASON 1

                     STABILITY CATEGORY 3

  UIKD SPEED  «» SPEED  UIND SPEED   UIND  SPEED  UIND SPEED  HIND SPEED
  CATEGORY  1  CATEGORY I  CATEGORY 3   CATEGORY 4  CATEGORY 5  CATEGORY 6
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
0.000
22.300
45.000
67.500
90.000
112. SOO
135.000
157.500
180.000
302.500
225.000
247.500
270.000
292.500
315.000
337.500

( 0. 7500*3) < 2.5000*3)

0.00025000
0.00014000
0.00026000
0.00012000
0.00012000
0.00013000
0.00012000
0.00017000
0.00029000
0.00006000
0.00014000
0.00009000
0.00017000
0.00008000
0.00006000
0.00006000


0.00136999
0.00065999
0.00077999
0.00043000
0.00068999
0.00099999
0.00120999
0.00079999
0.00127999
0.00061999
0.00034000
0.00037000
0.00041000
0.00049999
0.00063999
0.00054999

( 4.3000*3) ( 6.8000*3) < 9. 5000*3) (12. 5000*5)

0.00659993
0.00424996
0.00358996
0.00209998
0.00693993
0.00972990
0.01059989
0.00773992
0.01269987
0.00351996
0.00131999
0.00093999
0.00129999
0.00152998
0.00145999
0.00134999
SEASON 1

0.00131999
0.00068999
0.00054999
0.00065999
0.00310997
0.00415996
0.00444995
0.00367996
0.00785992
0.00339997
0.00056999
0.00011000
0.00016000
0.00016000
0.00018000
0.00023000


0.00016000
0.00007000
0* 00005000
0.00014000
0.00025000
0.00027000
0.00048000
0.00034000
0.00109999
0.00157998
0.00032000
0.00000000
0* 00000000
0*00002000
0.00016000
0.00011000


0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00002000
0.00000000
0.00002000
0*00000000
0.00002000
0*00009000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0. QOOOSOOO
0.00002000
0.00011000
0* 00000000

STflBILlTY CATEGORY 4
 UIND SPEED  HIKD SPEED  UIND SPEED  VIM SPEED UIND SPEED  MNP SPEED
 CATEGORY 1  CATEGORY 2  CATEGORY 3  CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5  CATEGORY 6
DIRECTION
(DESREES)
0.000
£.500
45.000
67.500
90.000
112.500
135.000
137.500
180.000
202.500
225.000
247.500
270.000
292.500
315.000
337.500
( 0. 7500*3) ( 2.5000*3) < 4.3000*3) (

0.00045000
0.00023000
0.00042000
0.00026000
0.00046000
0.00032000
0.00047000
0.00018000
0.00057999
0.00017000
0.00021000
0.00014000
0.00025000
0.00008000
0.00021000
0.00009000

0.00230998
0.00129999
0.00177998
0.00136999
0.00300997
0.00300997
0.00262997
0.00125999
0.00209998
0.00095999
0.00081999
0.00037000
0.00065999
0.00065999
0.00083999
0.00046000

0.00954990
0.00835992
0.01406986
0.01024990
0.01748982
0.02269977
0.02858971
0.01956980
0.02180978
0.00616994
0.00531995
0.00230998
0.00255997
0.00319997
0.00424996
0.00314997
6. 8000*3) (

0.02248977
0.01744982
0.01945980
0.01458985
0.02162978
0.03304967
0.03774961
0.03014969
0.04110958
0.01700983
0.00699991
0.00246998
0.00335997
0.00474995
0.00992990
0.00766992
9.5000*3)

0.01360966
0.01027990
0.00632994
0.00636994
0.00609994
0.00629994
0.00606994
0.00540995
0.00849991
0.00460995
0.00237998
0.00065999
0.00090999
0.00227998
0.00531995
0.00641993
(12.5000*3)

0.00524995
0.00328997
0.00122999
0.00120999
0.00129999
0.00120999
0.00088999
0.00048000
0.00037000
0.00037000
0.00054999
0.00011000
0.00030000
0.00074999
0.00195998
0.00389996
                                       Appendix 11-19

-------
ISCLT Hiiiiiiuiii  SITE 001 - clutt t»xa»              - EMISSIONS

                                         INPUT DflTfl (CONT.)  -
               -  FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF WIND SPEED,  DIRECTION AND STABILITY -

                                         SEASON 1

                                   STflBILITY CflTEBORY 3

               WIND SPEED  WIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIM> SPEED  WIND SPEED
               CflTEBORY  1  CflTEBORY 2  CBTEBORY 3  CflTEBORY 4  CflTEBORY 5  CflTEBORY 6
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
0.000
2.500
45.000
67.500
30.000
112.500
135.000
157.500
180.000
202.500
225.000
247.500
270.000
292.500
315.000
237.500
( 0.7900WS)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
( 2.3000MPSH

0.00193998
0.00093999
0.00262997
0.00177998
0.003519%
0.00376996
0.00323997
0.00207998
0.00359996
0.00106999
0.00157998
0.00068999
0.00077999
0.00070999
0.00104999
0.00048000
4.3000WS)

0.00344997
0.00266997
0.00632994
0.00266997
0.00485995
0.00981990
0.01490985
0.01179968
0.02296977
0.00912991
0.00830992
0.00316997
0.00376996
0.00225998
0.00426996
0.00211998
( 6.8000KPSH

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0*00000000
0*00000000
Q OOOOOOOQ
0* 00000000
0*00000000
0.00000000
0*00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
9.5000W*)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0 00000000
0* 00000000
Of 00000000
0*00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
U2.5000MPS)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0* 00000000
0,00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
                                    STABILITY CflTEBORY 6

                UIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIND SPEED
                CATEGORY 1  CflTEBORY 2  CflTEBORY  3  CATEBQRV 4  CflTEBORY 5 . CflTESOflY 6
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
0.000
22.500
45.000
67.500
90.000
112.500
139.000
157.500
130.000
202.500
225.000
247.500
270.000
292.500
319.000
337.500
( 0.7500HPS)

0.00232998
0.00133999
0.00238998
0.00136999
0.00336997
0.00208998
0.00303997
0.00143999
0.00386996
0.00206996
0.00419996
0.00220998
0.00183998
0.00149999
0.00148998
0.00091999
( 2.5000NPS)

0.00273997
0.00177998
0.00299997
0.00198998
0.00364996
0.00342997
0.00483995
0.00303997
0.00668993
0.00348996
0.00474999
0.00200998
0.00234998
0.00189998
0.00266997
0.00099999
( 4.3000NP3)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0* 00000000
Ot 00000000
0*00000000
0.00000000
0*00000000
0* 00000000
0*00000000
0.00000000
0*00000000
0*00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
( 6.8000MPS)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
( 9.5000WS)

0.00000000
0*00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0* 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0* 00000000
0.00000000
0. 00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
(12.5000NPS)

0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
o* oooooooo
o. oooooooo
0.00000000
0* OOOOOOOO
0*00000000
0.00000000
0*00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0* OOOOOOOO
0.00000000
                                               Appendix 11*20

-------
t#**  ISCLT  imiiiiiiiii SITE 001 - cltttc tnas              - EMISSIONS                                  niiiiii PAGE

                                               IKPUTOATA CCONT.}  -
                        - VERTIGO. POTENTIAL TEMPERATURE SRADIEMT (DEGREES KELVIN/CTER)  -

                      WIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  HIND SPEED  UIND SPEED  UIMD SPEED
                      CATEGORY 1  CATEGORY Z  CATEGORY 3  CATEGORY 4  CATEGORY 5  CATEGORY  6
STABILITY CATEGORY 10. 010.200000EH}i0.aOOOOOEH)i0.20000
-------
**** istLT iiniiiiiiiu  SITE 001 - clutt tiu»
                              - EMISSIONS
                                       PAGE
g t*»*
                                                - SOURCE INPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE     X
A fl NUMBER  TYPE  COORDINATE
R P                  (M>
0 E
    Y      EMISSION  BASE /
COORDINATE  HEIGHT  ELEV- /
   (M)        (M)    ATION /
                     (M)   /
- SOURCE DETAILS DEPENDING ON TYPE -
      1011  STACK        0.00        0.00  40.00    0.00 6AS EXIT TEMP (DEB K)> 300.00,  SAS EXIT \CL  («/SEC)=  12.00,
                                                        STACK DIAMETER (N)» 0.900,  HEIGHT OF ASSO.  BLD6.  (M)>   0.00,  UIOTH OF
                                                              BLD6. (M)>   0.00,  UAKE EFFECTS FLAB » 0
                                                              - SOURCE STRENGTHS (  SHAMS PER SEC                          )-
                                                                    SEASON 1     SEASON 2     SEASONS     SEASON 4
                                                                   l.OOOOOE+00
                                                        Appendix  11-22

-------
**** ISCLT
mini  SITE 001 - clutt texts
- EMISSIONS
                                                                                                                PAGE
        **   ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( MICR06RAMS PER CUBIC METER
                                                   - SRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
                                                 - X AXIS (RANGE   , METERS) -
                  166.670      333.330      500.000      666.670     833.330
Y AXIS (AZIMUTH BEARING, DEGREES )                         -  CONCENTRATION  -
                                                                     ) DUE TO SOURCE   1011
                                                                1000.000     1333.330     1666.670     2000.000
337,900
315. COO
292.500
270.000
247.500
225.000
202.500
180.000
157.500
135.000
112.500
90.000
67.500
45.000
> 22. 500
0.000

Y AXIS (AZIMUTH
337.500
315.000
292.500
270.000
247.500
223.000
202.500
180.000
157.500
135.000
112.500
90.000
67.500
45.000
» 22. 500
0.000
0. 1312E-01
0.1662E-01
0.1194E-01
0. 1072E-01
0.3760E-02
0.4726E-02
0.6319E-08
0.1146E-01
0.263BE-02
0.5832E-02
0.398BE-02
0.3730E-02
0.20S3E-02
0.2162E-02
0.5360E-02
0. 1354E-01
2333.330
0.1379E+00
0.1841E+00
0. 1572E+00
0.1206E+00
0.4255E-01
0.6609E-01
0.7736E-01
0.12fl2E+00
0.3245E-01
0.4313E-01
0.3945E-01
0.3649E-01
0. 1996E-01
0.3627E-01
0.7946E-01
0.2361E+00
2666.670
0.2406E+00
0.3245E«00
0.2B24E«00
0.2130E+00
0.9604E-01
0.1418E+00
0. 1431E400
0.2214E+00
0.65&3E-01
0.775BE-01
0.62B9E-01
0.5718E-01
0.324BE-01
0.7167E-01
0.13S4E400
0.38S1EXX)
- X
3000* 000
BEARING, DECREES >
0.1409E+00
0.19546+00
0.1654E400
0.1272E-KX)
0.73Z7E-01
0.104S+00
0.8046E-01
0.1131E+00
0.39366-01
0.5261E-01
0.3315E-01
0.3323E-01
0.25B4E-01
0.62S2E-01
0.8028E-01
0.2117E+00
0. 1207E+00
0. 1681E-KW
0.1418E«00
0.1100E+00
0.6328E-01
0.90SS-01
o.saaiE-01
0.3654E-01
0.3369E-01
0.459BE-01
0.2903E-01
0.2S57E-01
0.234SE-01
0.5632E-01
0.6379E-01
0.1829E+00
0.1048E400
0.1466E-KX)
0.1232E+00
0.9639E-C1
O.S533E-01
0.7940E-01
0.596aE-01
0.8415E-01
0.2924E-01
0.4067E-01
0.2S77E-01
0.2661E-01
0.21S4E-01
O.S120E-01
0.6144E-01
0.1600E+00
CL2947£*00
0.3994E+00
0.3470E«00
0.2608E+00
0.1333£*00
0.1911E-KW
0.1779E*00
0.2621E«00
0.83B1E-01
O.S756E-01
0.7151E-01
0.63S2E-0!
0.3B3SE-01
0.333SE-01
0.16JgE+00
0.4470E«00
0.30S4EH1CI .
0.4165E«00
0.360S+00
0.2707E400
0.1469E+00
0.2075E+00
0.1839E400
0.2S44E400
0.8759E-01
O.J032EXW
0.7132E-01
0.6332E-01
0.4137E-01
0. 101BE+00
0. 1676E+00
0.4538E«00
GRID SYSTEM Rttwiuws -
AXIS (RPNGE , METERS) -
3333.330 3666.670
.-0^94X«00
0.4012E+00
0.34606+00
0.239SE+00
0.1444E+00
0.2042E+00
0.174fl£+00
0.24A4E«00
0.83BX-01
0.1003E+00
0.6709E-01
0.6097E-01
0.4H5E-01
0.1021E+00
0.160X400
0.4323E+00
4000.000
^.2«2EK)C
0.3328E«X>
0.2854E400
0.2149E+00
0.1224E+00-
0.1730E+00
0.1421E+00
0.2000E+00
0.6871E-01
0.8489E-01
0.5477E-01
0.5123E-01
0.3635E-01
0.9022E-01
0.1330E+00
0.3373E+00
4333.330
0.2002£tOO
0.2751E+00
0.2348E+00
0.1777E+00
0. 1021E+00
0.1444E+00
0.1156E+00
0.1623E+00
0.5622E-01 .
0.7150E-01
0.4538E-01
0.4360E-01
0.3206E-01
0.7913E-01
0.1108E+00
0.2959E+00
4666.670
0. 15c9E-K!C
0.2304E+00
0.1958E+00
0. 1493E+00
0.8602E-01
0. 1224E+00
0.9570E-01
0. 1343E+00
0.4670E-01
0.6102E-01
0.3850E-01
0.3788E-OI
0.287SE-01
0.7020E-01
0.3374E-01
0.2487E+00
5000.000
* CONCENTRATION -
0.9203E-01
0.1292E-KW
0.1063E-HDO
0.8S36E-01
0.4889E-01
0.703X-01
O.S233E-01
0.7401E-01
0.2569E-01
0.3627E-01
0.2306E-01
0.2406E-01
0.1977E-01
0.4667E-01
O.S460E-01
0. 141SE+00
0.8163E-01
0.1149E400
0.9610E-01
0.7625E-01
0.4358E-01
0.6287E-01
0.4646E-01
0.6572E-01
0.2277E-01
0.3260E-01
0.2081E-01
0.2191E-01
0.1824E-01
0.427%-Oi
0.4893E-01
0. 1262+00
0.7311E-01
0.102E+00
O.K13E-01
0.6B81E-01
0.39EX-01
0.5665E-01
0.4161E-01
0.5B98E-01
0.2040E-01
0.2957E-01
0.1896E-01
0.2012E-01
0.1694E-01
0.3S32E-01
0.44Z7E-01
0.1136E+00
0.65S3E-01
0.9332E-01
0.7773E-01
0.6249E-01
0.3S94E-01
0.5142E-01
0.3755E-01
0.3331E-01
0.1841E-01
0.2699E-01
0.1737E-01
0.1857E-01
0.1580E-01
0.3666c-01
0.4030E-01
0.1030E+00
0.5985E-01
0.8494E-01
0.7061E-01
0.5711E-01
0.3240E-01
0.4696E-01
0.3411E-01
0.4851E-01
0. 1672E-01
0.2477E-01
0. 1601E-01
0.1722E-01
0. 1478E-01
0.3415E-01
0.3692E-01
0.9400E-01
0.5466E-01
0.7776E-01
0.64S2E-01
0.524BE-01
0.2971E-01
0.4313E-01
0.3117E-01
0.4440E-01
0. 1527E-01
0.2285E-01
0. 1483E-01
0. 1603E-01
0. 1386E-01
0.3194E-01
0.3399E-0!
0.8624E-OJ
                                                           Appendix  n-23

-------
**** ISCLT
                         SITE 001 - clut* t*xas
- EMISSIONS
                                                                                                        muni
        **   ANNUAL SROUND l£VEL CONCENTRATION ( MICRDBRAKS PER CUBIC METER
                                                   - GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
                                                  - I MIS (RANEE   , METERS) -
                  6666.670     8332.330    10000.000    11666.670    13333.330
Y AXIS  (AZIICTH BEARING, DEBREES )                         -  CONCENTRATION  -
                                                                                      ) DUE TO SOURCE   1011 CCONT.)   **
                                                                                 13000.000    18333.330    31666.670    25000.000
337.300
315.000
292.500
270.000
2*7.300
225.000
202.500
180.000
157.500
135.000
112.500
90.000
67.500
45.000
22.500
0.000
0.3711E-01
0.5335E-01
0.4393E-01
0.3660E-01
0.2050E-01
0.2996E-01
0.2125E-01
0.3049E-01
0.1040E-01
0.1619E-01
0. 1068E-01
0.1173E-01
0. 1053E-01
0.2383E-01
0.2390E-01
0.5370E-01
0.2732E-01
0.335BE-01
0.3241E-01
0.2748E-01
0.1526E-01
0.2243E-01
0.1571E-01
0.2266E-01
0.7676E-02
0.122SE-01
0.32106-02
0.9179E-02
O.S350E-02
0. 1872E-01
0. 1804E-01
0.4453E-01
0.2119E-01
0.3068E-01
0.2318E-01
0.2164E-01
0. 1134E-01
0.1762E-01
0. 1222-01
0.1772E-01
0.5967E-02
0.972X-02
0.6588E-02
0.7433E-02
0.6845E-02
0.1S24E-01
0.1427E-01
0.34971-01
t
0.1711E-01
0.2S05E-01
0.2036E-01
0.1769E-01
0.9705E-02
0. 1437E-01
0.9906E-02
0.1441E-0!
0.4B28E-02
0.7995E-02
0.5462E-02
0.6203E-02
O.S762E-02
0.1276E-01
0.1159E-01
0.2B49E-01
WM*«* fmniiMM *M
0. 1422E-01
0.2090E-01
0.1694E-01
0. 1485E-01
0.8111E-02
0.1204E-01
O.B25BE-02
0.1205E-01
0.4021E-02
0.6742E-02
0.4640E-02
0.5296E-02
0.4953E-02
0.1093E-01
0.9842£-02
0.238SE-01
0. 1306E-01
0.1779E-01
0.143BE-01
0. 1270E-01
0.691 IE-OS
0.1028E-01
0.7021E-02
0.1027E-01
0.3A15E-02
0.5787E-02
0.4006E-02
0.4594E-02
0.4319E-02
0.9496E-02
0.8436E-02
0.203SE-01
0.9102E-02
0.1350E-01
0. 1087E-01
0.9716E-02
0.52S2E-02
0.7844E-02
0. 53191-02
0.7818E-02
0.25B4E-02
0.4453E-02
0.3U5E-02
0.3S93E-02
0.3405E-02
0.7452E-02
0.6476E-02
0.1552E-01
0.7210E-02
0. 1073E-01
0.8623E-02
0.7778E-02
0.4181E-02
0.6265E-02
0.422SE-02
0.6234E-02
0.2050E-02
0.3581E-02
0.2S25E-02
0.2927E-02
0.2790E-02
0.6083E-02
0.5201E-02
0. 1240E-01
0.5917E-02
0.8837E-02
0.7082E-02
0.643SE-02
0.3442E-02
0.5173E-02
0.3472E-02
0.5141E-02
0. 16B4E-02
0.2973E-02
. 0.2110E-02
0.2456E-02
0.2351E-02
0.51 HE-OS
0.4317E-02
0. 10251-01
                 33333.340    41666.672
Y AXIS (AZIMUTH SEARING,  DEGREES )
                                                 - X AXIS  (RANGE   , METERS)
                                          50000.000
                                                           -  CONCEKTRATION  •
337. SCO
315.000
232.500
270.000
247.500
225.000
202.500
180.000
:57.500
135.000
112.500
90.000
67.500
45.000
22.500
0.000
0. 3935E-02
0.6001E-02
0.47B9E-02
0.4410E-02
0.233E-02
0.3530E-02
0. 2352-02
0.350SE-02
0.1138E-02
0.2048E-02
0.1473E-02
0.172£E-02
0.1684E-02
0.2537E-02
0.2975E-08
0.7012E-02
0.2SS2EHK
0.4467E-02
0.35SSE-02
0.3304E-02
0.1737E-02
0.2636E-02
0.1748E-02
0.2S18E-02
0.8446E-03
0.1340E-C2
0.1117E-02
0.1315E-02
0.1272E-02
C.2741EHD2
0.2238E^2
0.5248E-02
0.2326E-02
0.3517E-02
0.2793E-02
0.2612E-02
0.1366£^2
0.20BOE-02
0.1374E-08
0.2063EHD2
0.fifi32E-03
0.1222E-02
0.8919E-03
0.1054E-02
0.1024E-02
0.2198E-02
0.17771-02
0.4152EH32
                                                        Appendix 11-24

-------
ISCLT *****«**««*««
                                  - ciute texas
                                                            - EMISSIONS
                                                                                                         mum PAGE
     **   ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION (  MICROGRAMS  PER CUBIC KETER
                                                    - GRID  SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
                                                  - X AXIS  (RANGE   , KETERS) -
                   166.670      333.330      500.000     666.670      833.330
Y AXIS (AZIMUTH BEARING,  DEGREES )                          -  CONCENTRATION  -
                                                                                     ) FROM ALL SOURCES COMBINED
                                                                             1000.000
                                                                                               1333.330     1686.670     2000.000
337.500
315.000
292.500
270.000
247.500
225.000
202.500
180.000
157.500
135.000
112.500
30.000
67.500
45.000
22.500
0.000
0.1312E-OI
0. 1662E-01
0.1194E-01
0. 1072EHJ1
0.3760E-02
0.47E6E-02
0.6919E-02
0.1146E-01
0.2638E-02
0. 58322-02
C.3988E-02
0.3730E-02
0.2053E-02
0.2162E-02
0.53606 -02
0. 1934E-01
0.1379E+00
0. 1841E+00
0.1372E+00
0.1206E+00
0.4235E-01
0.6609E-01
0.7736E-01
0.12S2E+00
0.3245E-01
0.4313E-01
0.3945E-01
0.3549E-01
0.1996E-01
0.3627E-01
0.7946E-01
0.2361E*00
0.2406E+00
0.3245E+00
0.2S24E400
0.2130E+00
0.9604E-01
0. 1418E+00
0. 1431E+00
0.2214E+00
0.6563E-01
0.775BE-01
0.6283E-01
0.5718E-01
0.3248E-01
0.7167E-01
C.1384E+00
0.3831E+00
t
0.2947E+00
0.3994E«00
0.3470E400
0.260flE+00
0.133BE-HX)
0.1311E-KX>
0.1779E-HX)
0.2S21E-HX)
0.83B1E-01
0.97S6E-01
0.7151E-01
0.6332E-01
0.3839E-01
0.9335E-01
0.1633E+00
0.4470E+00
*M«* <•»•<> ••%J M
0.3064E«00
O.A163E+00
0.3605E+00
0.2707E-KX)
0.146SE-KX)
0.2075E+00
0.183X^00
0.2644E-HX)
0.875SE-01
0.1032E+00
0.7132E-01
0.6332E-01
0.4137E-01
0. 1018£*00
0. 1676E-H30
0.453BE+00
0.2343E+00
0.4012E400
0.3460E^OO
0.259BE-HX)
0.1448E+00
0.2042E-MX)
O.l7*a£t00
0.2484E+00
0.83BX-01
0.1009E400
0.670SE-01
0.6097E-01
0.411SE-01
0. 1021E+00
0. 1603E400
0.432SE-KX)
0.2432E«00
0.332BE400
0.28S4E+00
0.2149E+00
0.1224E+00
0.1730E-KX)
0.1421E+00
0.2000E«00
0.6871E-01
0.&4flSE-01
0.5477E-01
0.51231-01
0.3635E-01
O.S022E-01
0. 13306 *OC
0.3573E*00
0.2002E-KX)
0.2751E+00
0.2348EXX)
0.1777E+00
0. 1021E«00
0.1448E+00
0.11S6EXX)
0.1623£*00
0.5622E-01
0.7150E-01
0.453BE-01.
0.4360E-01
0.3206E-01
0.7313E-01
0.1108E^OO
0. 2359E'*00
0. 1669E«-
0.2304E+-
0.195BE*
0. 1493E*
0.8602E-
0. 1224E+
0.3570E-
0. 1343E4-
0.4670E-
0.6.102E-
0.3350E-
0.3788E-
0.2875E-
0.7020E-
0.3374E-
0.24875^
                  2333.330     2666.670
Y AXIS (AZIXLTH BEARING,  DEGREES )
                                            - X AXIS  (RANGE   , METERS) -
                                      3000.000     3333.330     3666.670
                                                      -  CONCENTRATION  -
                                                                                   4000.000     4333.330
4666.670
337.500
315.000
232.500
270.000
247.500
225.000
202.500
ISO. COO
157.500
135.000
112.500
90.000
67.500
45.000
22.500
0.000
0. 1409E+00
0.1954E+00
0.1654E-KK)
0. 1272E*00
0.7327E-01
0. 1045E+00
0.8048E-01
0.1131E+00
0.3S36E-01
0.5261E-01
0.3315E-01
0.3323E-01
0.25B4E-01
0.6252E-01
0.8028E-01
0.2117EXX)
0. 1207E-KJO
0.1661E«00
0. 141BE+00
0.1 1006+00
0.632BE-01
C.30SSE-01
0.6BB1E-01
0.36B4EH)!
0.3369E-01
0.4596E-01
0. 2302-01
0.2957E-01
0.2349E-01
O.S632E-01
0.6979E-01
0.18266+00
0.104BE+00
0.1466E+00
0.1232E+00
0.96336-01
C.5523E-01
0. 79406-01
0.5968E-01
O.S415E-01
0.29246-01
0.4067E-01
0.2577E-01
0.2661E-01
0.21S4e-01
O.S120E-01
0.6144E-01
0.1600S+00
0.9E09E-01
C.1232E+00
0.1083E+00
0.8536E-CI
0.4889E-01
0.7033E-01
0.5239E-01
0.7401E-01
0.2369E-01
0.3627E-01
0.2306E-01
0.2406E-01
0.1977E-01
0.4667E-01
0.54606-01
0. 141S+00
O.B163E-01
0. 11496+00
0.9610E-01
0. 76236-01
0.*358£-01
0.62S7E-01
0.46486-01
0.6S72E-01
0.2277E-OI
0.3260E-01
0.2081E-01
0.2191E-01
0. 18246-01
0.4279E-01
0.4893E-01
0. 12626+00
0.7311E-01
0.1032E+00
0.8613E-01
0.6aaiE-Oi
0.3923E-01
O.S66SE-01
0.4161E-01
0.5898E-01
0.20406-01
0.29376-01
0.18966-01
0.2012E-01
0. 16946-01
0.3932E-01
0.4427E-01
0.11366+00
0.6593E-01
0.9332E-01
0.7773E-01
0.624SE-01
0.35546-01
0.5142E-01
0.3755E-01
0.5331E-01
0.18416-01
0.2699E-01
0.1737E-01
0.18576-01
0.15806-01
0.36666-01
0.40306-01
0.10306+00
0.5985E-01
C. 84946-01
0.7061E-01
0.5711E-01
0.3240E-01
0.46966-01
0.34116-01
0.4fl51E-01
0. 1672E-01
0.2477E-01
0. 1601E-01
0. 1722E-01
0. 1478E-01
0.3415E-01
0.3692E-01
0.94006-01
0.5466EH
C.7776EH
0.5452E-
O.K48E-
0.29716-
0.4313E-
0.3117E-
0.4440E-
C. 1527E-
0.22856-
0.14B3E-
C. 1603E-
0.13886-
0.3194E-
0.33736-
0.8624E-
                                                        Appendix  n-25

-------
*++* I3CL7 »«uiiiun«« 3ITI 001 - clute
                                                                             10  ****
     **   flNNUfll  3R3UND L£V1_ CSNCENTRATIQN  ( MICRCGRtfS PER CUSIC .METIR
                                                  - 3RID SYSTEM RECEPTORS  -
                                                - X flXlS  (RANGE   ,  «ETERS)  -
                 6660.670     8333.330    10000.000    11666.670    13333.330
Y flXIS (AZIMUTH BEflRING,  DEGREES >                        -  CONCENTRATION  -
! flu. SOURCES
                                                                   (CCN7. ;   **
                                     15000.000    18333.330    21665.570    25000.
337.500
315.000
232.500
270.000
247.500
225.000
202.500
180.000
157. 50C
135.000
112.500
9C.OOO
67.500
45.000
22.500
0.000
0.3711E-01
0.5333E-01
C.4333E-01
0.3660E-01
0.2080E-41
0.2996E-01
0.21232-01
0.3049E-01
0. 1040E-01
0.1619E-01
0. 1068E-01
0.1179E-01
0.1053E-01
0.2383E-01
0.2330E-C1
0.5370E-01
0.2732E-01
0.3958E-01
0.3241E-01
0.2744E-01
0.1526E-01
0.2243E-OI
0. 1571E-01
0.22fifi£-01
0.7676E-02
0.122&E-01
0.8210E-02
0.9173E-02
0.83SOE-02
0. 1372E-01
0.1S04E-01
0.4453E-01
0.211X-01
0.3088E-01
0.251BE-01
0.21ME-01
0.1194E-01
0. 1762E-01
0.12231-01
0.1772E-01
O.SX7E-02
0.9725E-02
O.&SflflE-CS
0.7433E-02
0.68451-02
0. 1524E-01
0. 1427E-01
0. 34976-01
0.1711E-01
0.250SE-01
0.2036E-01
0.1763E-01
0.9705E-02
0. 14371-01
0.990££-02
0. 1441E-01
0.4828E-02
0.7995E-02
O.S4£2E-02
0.&203E-02
0.5762E-02
0.1276E-01
0.11&9E-01
0.2B49E-01
0.1422E-01
0.2090E-01
0. 1694E-01
0.148SE-01
0.8111E-02
0. 1204E-01
0.8258E-02
0.120SE-01
0.4021E-02
0.6742E-02
0.4640E-02
0.5296E-02
0.4953E-08
0. 1093E-01
0.9B42E-02
0.238SE-01
0. 1206E-01
0. 1779E-01
0. 1438E-01
0.1270E-01
0.6911E-02
0.1028E-01
0.7021E-02
0. 1027E-01
0.3415E-02
0.57B7E-02
0.4008E-02
0.4594E-02
0.4319E-02
0.949BE-02
0.8436E-02
0.202SE-01
0.9102E-02
0.1350E-01
0. 10871-01
0.9716E-02
0.5252E-02
0.7844E-02
0.5319E-02
0.7818E-02
0.2584E-02
0.445X-02
0.3115E-02
0.3593E-02
0.3409E-02
0.7452E-02
0.647EE-02
0.1552E-01
0.7210E-02
0. 1073E-01
0.8623E-02
0.7778E-02
0.4181E-02
0.62&5E-02
0.4225E-02
0.62346-02
0.20SOE-02
0.3581E-02
0.2525E-02
0.2987E-02
0.2790E-02
0.&082E-02
0.5201E-02
0.1240E-01
0.5917E-0<
o.aa37E-0(
0.7082E-02
0.6435E-02
0.3442E-02
0.5173E-0!
0.3472E-0!
0.5141E-OI
0. 1684E-OI
0.2973E-0;
0.2110E-OI
0.245&E-0;
0.2351E-0;
0.5111E-0;
0.4317E-0,
0.10251-0
                33331340    M 666.672
Y AXIS (Aiixr-: 3£flaiN6, DKREES )
       - X  AXIS  (RflNGE   ,  CTERS)
50000.000
                -  CONCENTRATION  •
337.500
311.000
232.500
270.0-OC
247.500
22S.OOC
202.500
180.000
157.500
135.000
112.500
90.000
67.500
45.000
22.500
0.000
0.3995E-02
0.6C01E-02
0.4789E-02
C.4410c-02
C.222S-02
0.3530E-02
0.23S2E-02
0.350SE-02
0.1138E-02
0.2048E-02
0. 1473E-02
0.172fie-02
0. 1664S-02
0.3597E-Oe
0.2973E-02
0.7012E-02
0.29S2S-02
0.4467E-02
0.355SE-02
0.3304E-02
0.1737E-02
C.2636E-CS
0. 1748E-02
0.2£18E-Oa
0.8446E-03
0.1S40E-02
0.1117E-Oa
0.131S-02
0.1273E-02
0.2741EHJ2
0.2238E-02
O.S24AE-02
0.232SE-02
0.3517E-02
0.2793E-02
0.2613E-02
0.1366E-02
0.2080E-02
0.1374E-02
0.206SE-02
0.6&32E-03
0.1222E-02
0.8919E-03
0.1054E-02
0.1024E-02
0.219BE-02
0.1777E-02
0.4152E-02
                   '""•'	"'»	END OF ISCLT PROGRflR,      1  SOURCES PROCESSED iminiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii*
    t logoff
      EEOVER1      logged out at 23-fEB-19S7  14:e3:14.959)2tz7*m
    NO CARRIER
                                                          Appendix  11-24

-------
      The Graphical Exposure Modeling System (GEMS) User's Guide is available upon
request.
                              Appendix 11-27

-------
Appendix ITL  Technical Support for Permit Conditions

-------
                            Table of Contents

                                                                 Page No

Appendix III:   Technical  Support for Permit Conditions	 ffl-1

1. Control Techniques and  Removal Efficiencies	 ffl-1
      1.1   Air Pollution Control Devices (APCDs)	 ffl-5
            1.1.1  Electrostatic Precipitator	 ffl-5
            1.1.2  Wet Electrostatic Precipitator	 ffl-7
            1.1.3  Fabric Filter.(Baghouse)     	 ffl-7
            1.1.4  Quench  Chamber	 ffl-9
            1.1.5  Wet/Dry Scrubber  (Spray  Dryer)	 ffl-12
            1.1.6  Venturi  Scrubber	 ffl-13

      1.2   APCD  Efficiencies	 ffl-14

      1.3   Metals  Partitioning	 ffl-17

2. Sampling and Analysis  Requirements	ffl-19

-------
1.  CONTROL TECHNIQUES AND REMOVAL EFFICIENCIES

       Many metals are of concern in hazardous waste incineration because of the possible
adverse human health effects associated with exposure to emissions of these elements
and/or their compounds from the stacks of the incinerators. Metals of primary interest are
arsenic (symbol: As), barium (Ba), beryllium (Be), chromium (Cr), cadmium (Cd), lead
(Pb), mercury (Hg), antimony (Sb), silver (Ag), and thallium (Tl).

       Incineration may change the form of the elements in waste streams, but it cannot
destroy them. Furthermore, incineration may result in the formation of compounds and/or
physical forms of the elements that may be more dangerous to human health than were the
original wastes.  Most metals will leave an incinerator combustion zone as vapors, but
upon cooling will condense to form small particulates.  Most particulates can be recovered
efficiently with proper APCDs, but if not  recovered they will be released to the atmosphere
in the vicinity of the incineration facility.  When inhaled by humans, these metals will settle
in the lungs, from which they will either pass into the blood stream as toxic agents, or
remain in the lungs as irritants or as carcinogens.

       This section presents an overview of the various APCDs and treatment trains that
are applicable,  including process descriptions, operating and maintenance information, and
ranges of metal-specific removal efficiencies.

       The  performance of APCDs depends on a number of  incinerator design and
operating parameters, on the compatibility of APCDs to the process and pollutants to be
controlled, and on the specific performance requirements demanded by the process and
applicable air pollution control regulations. The process variables that must be considered
in evaluating the operation of the facility APCD system include:
       •      Gas flow;
       •      Inlet and outlet gas temperature;
       •      Liquid flow (in wet systems);
       •      Pressure drop across the unit;
       •      Physical and chemical properties of the gas;
       •      Paniculate concentration;

                                 Appendix IIM

-------
       .     Paniculate size distribution;
       .     Physical and chemical properties of participates; and
       •     Emission levels of regulated pollutants.

In most cases this information may be best obtained from detailed emission evaluations
(trial bums).

       Incineration equipment and APCDs should be visually inspected daily or weekly to
verify their operational status. Table HI-1 provides the recommended inspection and
maintenance frequency for common incineration equipment.  Detailed inspections are
recommended on a much less frequent schedule as specified by the particular equipment
manufacturer.   However, a specific piece of equipment may occasionally indicate a
particular problem.  In this event, to comply with RCRA performance specifications, a
detailed inspection of the equipment components is necessary to prevent potential
component failure. Problems are generally manifested through a variety of performance
indicators.  Table HI-2 provides a list of indicators of poor performance, the equipment
problems generally associated with these indicators, and the recommended maintenance and
troubleshooting procedures. Generally, if a facility is unable to correct the problems by
operational adjustment (within the limits of the operating permit), then the equipment may
require detailed inspection and possible repair.  Appropriate troubleshooting and repairs
should be implemented to prevent a potential negative impact on operational safety and to
assure compliance with permit requirements. The types of inspection, maintenance, and
troubleshooting recommended in Tables EH-1  and EH-2, in  most cases, require that the
incinerator facility be shut down.
                                 Appendix III-2

-------
                                      Table 111-1

              Recommended  Inspection  and  Maintenance  Frequency
                                    I&M Frequency

                    Operation and monitoring equipment
Emergency systems
Equipment/Parameters   Calibration   Inspection     Service    Alarms Waste Cutoffs
Incinerator Equipment        -         Daily         (1)

Waste Feed/Fuel Systems   (2)         Daily         (1)

O2 and CO Monitors      Weekly     Continuous      (1)

Gas Flow Monitors:
Weekly   Weekly

Weekly   Weekly
• Direct gas velocity Weekly
• Indirect fan amps 6 Months
Other Incinerator -
Monitoring Equipment
(flame scanners, air
blowers, etc.)
APCE
APCE Support Systems
APCE Performance Weekly
Instrumentation
Continuous
Continuous
Daily
Weekly
Daily
Daily
(1)
-
(1)
(1)
0)
d)
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
-
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
-
Weekly
Weekly
(1) Equipment manufacturer recommendation.
(2) Equipment manufacturer recommendation or no less than monthly.

Sources: Acurex 1986.
        Frankel 1987C.
                                     Appendix III-3

-------
                                              Table 111-2

   General  Maintenance  and Troubleshooting  Air  Pollution Control Equipment
      Equipment
      Indicators
       Problems
 Hacommenaea maintenance
     and troubleshooting
Quencher
Erratic outlet
temperature
                     Consistently high
                     outlet temperature
Venturi scrubber
Erratic pressure
differential
Absorption scrubber
Surging pressure
differential
(>10 percent)
Fabric filter
   (baghouM)
Excessive pressure
differentia)
Partially plugged
nozzles
High variation in
incinerator feed
moisture
Low gas flow rate
(<30 ft/sec)
Water droplet impinging
on thermocouple

Plugged nozzles
Lower water flow rate and
high temperature
Excessive gas velocity
(>50 ft/sec)
Plugged nozzles
Erosion
Corrosion
Adjustable throat
diameter is too wide
Face velocity in excess
of 12 ft/sec
Plugged tray sections
Nonuniform scrubber
liquor distribution
Leaking seals
Localized plugging of
packing
Hole in the packing
Flooding
Excessive gas flow rat*
Bag binding (high dust
loadings)
Leaking air lock or
dampers
Faulty cleaning
mechanism
Excessive dust
accumulation in clean
side of bags
Inspect and replace plugged
nozzles
Control moisture feed to
incinerator

Increase gas flow rate to
design range
Relocate thermocouple; replace
defective  nozzles

Inspect and replace plugged
nozzles
Calibrate water ftewmeter
to adjust for evaporation loss
Reduce gas flow rate
Inspect headers, flanges, and
nozzles
Reduce throat diameter and
adjust liquid flow rate
Inspect throat regularly for
deposits and wear

Inspect spray nozzles, water
flow rate weir boxes, and
downoomers for proper
operation and seals.
 Inspect packing; adjust
 caustic concentration to
 15-20 percent
 Decrease liquid flow rate
 Check for plugging of packing

 Reduce gas flowrate; check
 bleed air
 Inspect cleaning mechanism;
 replace bags
 Check proper temperature of
 gaa to prevent condensation
 Inspect for proper removal of
 collected ash from hoppers
                                        Appendix in-4

-------
       Operation and performance monitoring instrumentation should also be subjected to
a routine inspection and maintenance program. This instrumentation includes liquid waste
flowmeter, water flowmeters, pH meters, CO, temperature, O2 continuous recorders,
differential pressure indicators, and opacity meters. The inspection of this equipment is
normally carried out on a continuous basis, because most  are on-line monitors with
continuous response records.  The  maintenance program for this equipment includes
routine service and calibration activities. Service requirements are normally specified by
the manufacturer. Response and calibration check* should be performed daily since these
instruments are subject to drift and reduced sensitivity.
1.1   Air Pollution  Control Devices (APCDs)
1.1.1  Electrostatic  Preci pita tor
1.1.1.1   Process description

       An electrostatic precipitator (ESP) removes particles from the flue gas stream by
imparting a negative electrical charge on the particles. The negatively charged particles are
attracted and retained by positively charged collection electrodes. The panicles are removed
from the electrodes into collection hoppers by rapping. The operation occurs within an
enclosed chamber, a high-voltage transformer and a rectifier provide the power input. The
chamber has a shell made of metal or Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. Suspended within this
shell are the grounded collecting electrodes (plates). Suspended between the plates are the
discharge electrodes, which are negatively  charged with voltages ranging from 20 to
100 kilovolts.

       Several important gas stream and paniculate factors dictate how well an ESP will
collect a given paniculate matter. These factors include the following:
       •       Gas input velocity;
       •       Moisture content;
       •       Panicle size distribution;
       •       Panicle resistivity (partially temperature dependent);
       •       Collection plate area;
                                  Appendix III-5

-------
       •      Electrode spacing and configuration; and
              Voltage differential
       Table ffl-3 presents normal ranges for the parameters affecting ESP efficiency.
Outside of these values, the unit will not be operating at its optimum collection efficiency.
                                    Table 111-3
                        Normal  Ranges  for the  parameters
                            Affecting ESP  Efficiency
Parameter
Range
Gas input velocity
Particle size
Particle resistivity
Collection plate area to flow rat* ratio
Pressure drop
2-4tt/s
most effective for < 1(im particles
104-1010 ohm-cm
200 to > 600 ft2/! 000 dm
1.00 in
Source: Frankel, I. I987a (January 16).
1.1.1.2    Operation and  maintenance
       Proper maintenance of the unit is important to ensure that it is operating at peak
efficiency. According to a 1975 survey by the Air Pollution Control Association, the five
most common precipitator problem components (APCA 1978, as cited in Theodore and
Buonicore 1984) are as follows:
       •       Discharge electrodes;
       •       Ash removal system;
       •       Collection plates;
       •       Rappers; and
       •       Insulators.
      Table IH4 presents a preventive maintenance checklist for a typical ESP.
                                  Appendix

-------
1.1.2  Wet Electrostatic Precipitator
       1.1.2.1  Process description

       Wet ESPs are essentially the same technology as dry ESPs with two important
distinctions:
       *      A wet spray is included in the inlet section for cooling, gas adsorption, and
             coarse panicle collection.
       •      The collection electrode is wetted to flush away the collected particles.

       Wet ESPs are a relatively new technology and are generally used for applications
where the potential for explosion is high or where particulates are  very sticky.  The
maintenance checklist provided for the ESP in Table EO-4 applies to wet ESPs as well.

       The parameters that affect the collection efficiency of wet ESPs are the liquid to gas
ratio, of which a typical value is 5 gal/1000 scf, and  pressure drop, which should be
between 0.1 and 1.0 inches (Water Gauge) (Frankel 1987a).
1.1.2.2  Operation and maintenance

       The wet ESP should be washed periodically to avoid irregularities in the operation
of the precipitator caused by accumulation of particles on the walls.
1.1.3  Fabric  Filter (Baghouse)
1.1.3.1   Process  description

       Fabric filters remove dust from dust-laden gas by passing the gas through a fabric
bag. The cleaned gas exits from one side of the filter while the dust is collected on the
other side. The collected dust is removed from the bags by three methods: mechanical
shaking (shakers), reverse flow back-flushing at low pressure (reverse air), and reverse
flow back-flushing at slightly higher pressure (pulsed air).

       Baghouses are very efficient for gases containing small particles.
                                  Appendix in«7

-------
                                         TABLE  |||.4
                          Preventive  Maintenance  Checklist  for
                            a Typical  Electrostatic  preclpltator
pally
1. Record electrical readings and transmissometer data.
2.Check operation of hoppers and ash removal system.
S.Carefully investigate cause of abnormal arcing in transformer • rectifier enclosures and bus duct

Weekly
1 .Check rapper operation.
2. Inspect electric control devices.

Monthly
1 .Check operation of standby top-housing pressurizing fan and thermostat
2.Check hopper level alarm operation.

Quarterly
1 .Check and dean rapper and vibrator switch contacts.
2. Check transmissometer calibration.

Semiannual
1 .Clean and lubricate access-door dog bolt and hinges.
2. Clean and lubricate interlock covers.
3. Clean and lubricate test connections.
4.Check exterior for visual signs of deterioration, and abnormal vibration, noise, leaks.
5.Check transformer-rectifier liquid and surge-arrestor spark gap.

Annual
1.Conduct internal inspection.
2.Clean top housing or insulator compartment and all electrical insulating surfaces.
3. Examine and  clean all contactors and inspect tightness of all electrical connections.
4. Clean and inspect all gasketed connections.
S.Check and adjust operation of switchgear.
6. Check and tighten rapper insulator connections.
/.Observe and record areas of corrosion.

S'ftuational
1 .Record gas load readings during and after each outage.
2.Clean and check interior of control sets during each outage of more than 72 hours.
3-Clean all internal bushings during outages of more than 5 days.
4. Inspect condition of all grounding devices during each outage over 72 hours.
S.CIean all hopper buildups during each outage.
S.lnspect and record amount and location of residual dust deposits on electrodes during each outage of
  72 hours or longer.
7.Check all alarms, interlocks, and other safety devices during each outage.


Sources: Theodore and Buonicore, 1984.
         Frankel 1987&
                                        Appendix  IH-8

-------
       The following parameters influence the collection efficiency of a fabric filter
(Frankel 1987a):
       •      Pressure drop, which is controlled by bag cleaning, ranges between 2.0 and
              7.0 inches (Water Gauge).
       •      Air-to-cloth ratio, which is expressed as the total gas flow rate divided by
              the total cloth area available for filtration and is baghouse-type dependent:

                    Shaker< I nrVmin - m2

                    Reverse air: 0.32 - 2.2 rrP/min - m2

                    Pulsed air: 0.95 - 2.5 rrP/min - m2.
       *      Temperature, which is dependent on the type of filter fabric.  Thermal
              erosion may double for a temperature rise of 20°F above the optimum.
       •      Humidity, which can cause failure due to burning and blinding.  Such
              failures would affect the pressure drop across the fabric filter.

       1.1.3.2 Operation and maintenance

       Table ffl-5 presents a preventive maintenance checklist for a typical fabric filter.

1.1.4  Quench Chamber

       1.1.4.1 Process description

       Quench chambers usually precede scrubber equipment in the treatment train, and are
used to reduce the temperature of hot gases leaving the incinerator. The quench chamber
also reduces water evaporation in downstream scrubbing equipment (which is associated
with generation of caustic particles in caustic scrubbers), and protects the downstream
equipment from high temperature damage.

       The quench chamber operates by passing the hot gases through a water spray. The
spray is generated by one of three basic designs:
       •      Air and water nozzles;
       •      High pressure sequenced spray nozzles; and
                                  Appendix III-9

-------
       •      Orifice plates.

       The type of quench chamber used depends on the composition of quench water and
exhaust gas and the type of APCD that follows the quench chamber.  Air and water nozzles
require a particle-free freshwater feed so that the nozzles do not become clogged. An air
and water nozzle quench chamber requires less water than the other types because it
produces small uniform droplets that cover the exhaust area efficiently.

       With high pressure sequenced spray nozzles, only certain sprays are activated at
first. Then, as the temperature increases, other spray nozzles are activated to keep the gas
at a constant temperature.  These units also must have fresh particle-free makeup water.

       With orifice plates, water is forced through perforated plates to  create a spray.
Unlike the above devices, quench water may be recycled because of the large perforations
in the plates.

       The following parameters affect the efficiency of the unit
       •      Gas temperature at inlet;
              Amount of water recycled and its particulate content;
       •      Gas velocity; and
       •      Pressure drop.
                                 Appendix III-10

-------
   Itam
                  TABLE IH-5
 Fabric  Filter Routine Maintenance Schedule
	      Check	                     Freauencv
Oust pickup
areas
System
dampers
Bags
Cleaning
system
Control
system
System
fan
Outlet
stack

Discharge
system

General
                                                   Daily  Wkly Mnthy  Qrt'ly Yearly
Dust capture effectiveness
Monitoring flue gas volume
Test hood face velocity
Rebalance system
X
X












X




X
Proper operation
Proper valve seating
Wear or corrosion



X






X



X
Observe stack (visually or with opacity meter)
Spot-check bag tension (inside collectors)
Spot-check bag condition and seating
Thoroughly inspect baqs
X




X




X




X




Monitor cleaning cycle
Check compressed air
Inspect mechanical components for wear
Replace high-wear parts (whether needed or not)
X
X








X








X
Observe all indicators on panel
Log AP
Blow out manometer lines
Check compressed air system, including filters
Activate key shutdown or bypass controls
Verify accuracy of temperature-indicating eguip.
Check accuracy of all other indicating equipment
X
X







X
X
X
X







X














Check drive components
Inspect for corrosion and material buildup
Check for vibration



X

X

X







Check emission visually or monitor opacity meter
Calibrate opacity meter
X






X



Monitor discharge rate
Check aH moving parts for wear and alignment
X




X




Check normal and abnormal visual
and audWe conditions
Inspect system for corrosion
Inspect door gaskets
Check for dust buildup in ducts
Inspect paint
Inspect baffles, hopper duct, etc. for wear
Inspect general structural integrity of system

T"1














X







X
X
X







X
X
           Sources: Theodore and Buonicore. 1984.
                     FrankeL 1987c
                                Appendix DM1

-------
       The proper values for the parameters affecting efficiency are as follows: the gas
outlet temperature should be below 500°F; the gas velocity should be between 30 ft/sec and
50 ft/sec; and the pressure drop across the quench chamber should be between 2 and 6
inches (Water Gauge). Quench water is sometimes recycled.  Since this  can cause
reentrainment of particulates back into the gas stream, however, for optimum operation
only makeup water should be used.

       1.1.4.2 Operation and maintenance

       A regular maintenance program for these quench chambers should be followed so
that the nozzles do not become plugged and effective water spray is assured.

1.1.5  Wet/Dry  Scrubber (Spray  Dryer)

       1.1.5.1 Process description

       In the wet/dry scrubber, hot gases are passed through a fine mist of a dilute alkali
slurry. The water in the slurry absorbs acids from the flue gas and the acids react with the
alkali solids in the slurry to form salts.  Water is lost through evaporation, leaving the salts
and any unreacted alkali behind as a dry powder.  This particle-laden flow  then goes to a
fabric filter or an ESP to remove the particulates. Wet/dry scrubbers are considered cleaner
control systems than wet scrubbers, mainly because the waste material is dry particulates
and no further liquid treatment is required, which significantly reduces the waste volume.

       The parameters that affect the collection efficiency of the wet/dry scrubbers are
(Frankel  1987a):
       •       Liquid-to-gas ratio which ranges between 0.25 and 0.30 gal/1000 acf;
       •       Gas input velocity with a range between 2 and 6 ft/s; and
       •       Pressure drop between 10 and 12 inches (Water Gauge).

       1.1.5.2 Operation and maintenance

       Table IQ-6 presents maintenance procedures for wet/dry scrubbers.
                                 Appendix UM2

-------
                                      TABLE 111-6
                     Wet/Dry Scrubber  Maintenance Procedures
               Spray nozzels should b« kept clean. Particle size of the slurry should
               be smaller than the diameter of the nozzles. Pre-filtering is usually used
               to guarantee that adequate partide size is maintained.
               Sludge buildup at the bottom  of the scrubber should be removed
               periodically.
               Spray nozzles should be checked periodically for dogging.
               The slurry flow rate and composition should be carefully monitored to
               guarantee that the water evaporates completely.

       Sources: Theodore and Buonicorel984.
                Frankel 1987a
1.1.6   Venturi Scrubber
       1.1.6.1  Process description

       In the venturi scrubber, a liquid is introduced into a constricted area. High velocity
gas is also introduced to shear the liquid into fine droplets and to allow a large surface area
for mass transfer.

       The parameters that affect the collection efficiency are (Frankel 1987a):
       •       Liquid-to-gas ratio, which ranges between 5 and 45 gal/1000 acf;
       •       Gas input velocity with a range of 100 to 400 ft/s; and
       •       Pressure drop, which should be close to design pressure (typically 20 to
               100 in Water Gauge).

       The collection efficiency for a venturi scrubber generally improves with increases in
gas velocity, liquid-to-gas ratio,  and pressure drop.

               1.1.6.2 Operation and maintenance

       Table EQ-7 presents  a preventive  maintenance checklist for a typical venturi
scrubber.
                                    Appendix  DI-13

-------
                                      TABLE  111-7
                 Ventun  Scrubber Routine  Maintenance Procedures
        Chock for wear (abrasion/erosion).
        Check for corrosion on all scrubber internal surface.
        Check for excessive buildup, particularly in the wet/dry zone.
        Chock for excessive scaling. This is caused mainly by changes in the chemical composition of the
               makeup water, but may also be caused by process changes such as changes in pH,
               chemical composition of the dust, reduced liquor recycle  rate, increase in the inlet
               loading, or failure of the solids removal system.
        Check the nozzles for damage.  Repair or replacement may be necessary.
        Check for solids buildup in blowdown lines. Cleaning may be effected without system shutdown,
               and a flush connection may be installed to prevent this condition in the future.
        Check for corrosion and leaks in lines and vessel, in particular where protective liners may have
               deteriorated.
        Check operation of the mist eliminator. Formation of droplets can be caused by excessive gas flow
               rate, plugged drains from the droplet eliminator, or condensation in the outlet duct. Check
               structural supports for structural integrity and smooth operation.
       Sources: Theodore and Buonicore1984.
                Frankel 1987c.

1.2    APCD  Efficiencies

       In Table ITJ-8, the various APCDs previously described are assigned conservatively
estimated efficiencies for participates and toxic metals. The conservative nature of the
estimates is stressed, since a multitude of feed waste compositions, incinerator designs,
and operating conditions will  be encountered in any real-world situation,  and it is not
always possible to achieve the  highest theoretical efficiency.  In fact, with proper system
design, stable, optimized operation, and good maintenance, higher efficiencies than are
shown in die table might be achieved.

       A number of factors should be kept in  mind when Table IH-8 is used. These
factors are as follows:
       •       Most toxic metals, or their compounds, condense as solids if incinerator
               combustion gases are cooled.  A meagre fund of information suggests that
                                    Appendix DM4

-------
most metals generally co-condense to form particulates of mixed metallic
and nonmetalilc composition.

Of the toxic metals, mercury is the least predictable and least apt to condense
prior to emission from the system stack.  Its degree of recovery above
4flfl°F ic m»n*ral1u cliffhf or 7*m
     w w«*4*.*o&Wft* »•»» — w*w &j ^|

      is generally slight, or zero
A quench chamber is a commonly used item whose primary function is to
cool incineration or boiler flue gas by the evaporation of water injected into
the hot gas stream.  In order to function as an APCD, water in excess of
evaporative demand must be furnished. A quench is virtually always used
in tandem with one or more other APCDs.

Cyclones are almost never used alone. They are moderately efficient in
removing large particulates from a moving gas stream, and thus in reducing
the loading of more efficient paniculate removal devices downstream of the
cyclone.

Venturi scrubbers are frequently used devices. Their efficiency, especially
on submicron panicles, increases as the pressure drop (power consumption)
increases.

ESPs are not widely used with hazardous waste incinerators, although they
are commonly used on municipal waste incinerators and on coal-burning
utility boilers.  Their efficiency can be varied with a number of design
parameters, but for high efficiency on small particulates, more than single
stage units are necessary. Up to four stages in tandem have been seen in the
industry.

Both Wet ESPs (WESP) and Ionizing Wet Scrubbers (IWS) are finding a
limited market in the U.S. Since the data on these units have come from
facilities  having two or more APCD series, there is little if any data outside
of manufacturers' literature  that permits one to estimate  their pollutant
removal efficiency as a single unit

Several rather complex, but apparently highly efficient wet scrubbers have
become available during the  past 3 to 4 years. No new facility should be
built without a careful consideration of these scrubbers.

Fabric filters (baghouses) have not been commonly  used on hazardous
waste incinerators, but have  been widely used on  utility boilers and
municipal waste incinerators. They are bulky and expensive, and require
careful operation. However, when used in tandem with upstream APCDs,
especially spray dryers (wet/dry scrubbers), they are enormously efficient
on both soluble gases and on particulates. Furthermore, if gas temperatures
are below 400°F, these combination units are also very efficient on mercury
emissions.

At most facilities where data indicate high gas and paniculate (including
toxic metal) removal efficiencies, there are usually two to four APCDs in
series.  It is expected that this type of installation will become the norm for
                    Appendix ni-15

-------
               large-scale commercial incinerators that burn large quantities of mixed
               liquids, solids, and sludges.

                                       TABLE  111.8
          Air Pollution Control Devices (APCOs) and  Their Conservatively
                 Estimated  Efficiencies for  Controlling  Toxic  Metals
APCD
POLLUTANT

•ws
"VS-20
•VS-60
ESP-1
ESP-2
6SP-4
•WESP
•FF
•PS
SO/FF; SO/OFF
DS/FF
•FF/WS
ESP-1/WS; ESP-1/PS
ESP-4/WS' ESP-4/PS
•VS-20/WS
"WS/IWS
•WESP/VS-20/IWS
C/DS/ESP/FF; C/DS/C/ESP/FF
SD/C/ESP-1
Ba,Be
50
90
98
95
97
99
97
95
95
99
98
95
96
99
97
95
99
99
99
Ag
so
90
98
95
97
99
97
95
95
99
98
95
96
99
97
95
99
99
99
Cr
50
90
98
95
97
99
96
95
95
99
98
95
96
99
97
95
98
99
98
As.Sb.Cd,
Pb.Tt
40
20
40
80
85
90
95
90
95
95
98
90
90
95
96
95
97
99
95
Hg
30
20
40
0
0
0
60
50
80
90
50
50
80
as
80
85
90
98
85
  It is assumed that flu* gases have been preceded in a quench.  If gases am not cooled adequately,
mercury recoveries will diminish, as will cadmium and arsenic to a lesser extent.
** An IWS is nearly always used with an upstream quench and packed horizontal scrubber.

C-Cydone
WS-Wet Scrubber including:     Sieve Tray Tower
                              Packed Tower
                              Bubble Cap Tower
PS • Proprietary Wet Scrubber Design
         (A number of proprietary wet scrubbers have come on the market in recent years that are highly
efficient on both paniculate* and corrosive gases. Two such units are offered by Calvert Environmental
Equipment Co. and by Hydro-Sonic Systems. Inc.).
VS-20 • Venturi Scrubber, ca. 20-30 in W. G. Ap
VS-60 • Vcnturi Scrubber, ca. > 60 in W. G. Ap
ESP-t . Electrostatic Precipitator; 1 stag*
ESP-2 • Electrostatic Precipitator; 2 stages
ESP-4 - Electrostatic Precipitator; 4 stages
IWS - Ionizing Wet Scrubber
OS - Dry Scrubber
FF . Fabric Filter (Baghouse)
SD - Spray Dryer  (Wet/Dry Scrubber)
                                      Appendix 111-16

-------
       It is to be expected that the type of APCD, or train of devices, that must be used
with a hazardous waste incinerator will depend on the type of incinerator and the
characteristics of the wastes incinerated. Although a large percentage of existing hazardous
waste incinerators are not equipped with APCDs, these are nearly all liquid injection
incinerators which burn wastes that, for practical purposes, have no ash- or paniculate-
forming components.  When these incinerators are equipped with an APCD, it is likely to
be a wet scrubber of simple construction (spray tower or packed tower) preceded by a
quench chamber or at least an evaporative cooler.

       At the other end of the spectrum, incinerators designed to cope with wastes having
a high ash and toxic metals content will generally require an APC train consisting of two to
four APCDs. A number of typical APC trains are listed below:

       •       Quench/wet scrubber;
       •       Quench/spray dryer/cyclone/ESP;
       •       Quench/spray dryer/cyclone/fabric filter;
       •       Quench/wet scrubber/IWS/mist eliminator;
       •       Quench/WESP/venturi scrubber/packed tower scrubbers;
       •       Quench/vemuri scrubber/packed tower scrubbers; and
       •       Fabric filter/wet scrubber.

1.3   Metals Partitioning

       EPA has developed conservative estimates of the partitioning of metals within
combustion processes prior to the APCD.  These estimates are based on tests conducted at
different firing temperatures (1,600 °F and 2,000°F) and with different levels of chlorine in
the waste feed. Both barium and silver are affected by the presence of chlorine in waste
feed at the lower combustion temperature and tend to partition to the APCD at significantly
higher proportions at higher temperatures (see Table ffi-9).
                                 Appendix ni-17

-------
                                          TABLE  111-9


            Conservative Estimates of  Matals Partitioning to APCO1 as a Function  of

                                Solids2 Temperature3 (%)

                                     1600°F                       2000-F

               Metal4          a.o%         a.1%        a.o%        cui%
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallum
100
100
50
5
100
5
100
100
8
100
100
100
30
5
100
5
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
5
100
5
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
5
100
5
100
100
100
100
1 The remaining percentage is contained in the bottom ash of the incinerator.
2 Partitioning for liquids is estimated at 100% for all metals.
3 The combustion gas temperature is estimated to be 100-400°? higher than the solids temperature.
4 Assumptions:

               •       excessair»50%

               •       entrainment * 5%

               •       waste metals content * 100 ppm for each metal  For a given set of combustion
                      chamber conditions, the maximum amount of metal which will be vaporized
                      will become constant as the metal concentration in the solids increase.  As a
                      result, higher concentrations of metals are expected to have lower partitioning
                      factors.

       Source: Letter from Dr. Randall Seeker. Energy and Environmental Research Corporation, to
                Dwight Mustick, EPA, dated December 7,1988.
                                     Appendix m-18

-------
2.  SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS REQUIREMENTS

       The following discussion outlines the proper procedures for the sampling and
analysis of the incnerator system. Analysis of composite samples is required for the waste
feed in order to determine the metals feed rates that must be provided by the applicant to the
permit writer.  Test burns also require the sampling and analysis of the incinerator stack
gas, scrubber liquor, and bottom ash so that a mass balance can be performed on the
incinerator.

       All samples must be analyzed according to the appropriate methods outlined in
"Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes: Physical/Chemical Method," EPA SW-846, as
incorporated by reference in §260.11. Total chromium emissions measured in accordance
with SW-846  are to be used in the analysis unless the applicant's emissions sampling and
analysis procedures are capable of reliably determining hexavalent chromium emission rates
to the satisfaction of the Administrator. Sampling for particulates  should be performed
using Method 5 from 40 CFR Part 60 Appendix A.  Sampling for all Appendix VHI metals
should use the Multiple Metals Train currently being validated. The Multiple Metals Train,
as discussed  in  a memorandum from Larry  Johnson  (Johnson  1987), includes the
following impingers:  (1) empty (for condensate collection, may  be omitted for a dry
source); (2) 5 percent HNOs and 10 percent H2O2 (will be reduced to 0.1N HNOs if
research shows it to be adequate); (3) same as 2; (4) 1.5 percent KMnO4 and 10 percent
H2SO4; and (5) silica gel (to protect the pump and meter).

       The analysis procedure consists of two steps: preparation (called digestion) and the
analysis itself. The digestion process is dependent on both the analysis procedure and the
waste matrix. Table ffl-9 lists the digestion methods  as well as the  proper analysis
technique and waste matrix for each method.  The analysis procedures are pollutant
specific.  For some metals, up to three methods are applicable depending on the precision
of the detection limit desired. See Table IH-10 for the proper analysis methods to be used
for  each metal. In some cases, the analysis method includes its own digestion and the
listed digestion methods are not necessary.  These methods are footnoted on Table HI-10.

       Standard methods for the analysis of the glass fiber filter and impinger solution
from the Method 5 train are under development  (but not yet published). The impinger
                                 Appendix IIM9

-------
solution should be slightly acidic (validation studies may suggest 0.1N nitric acid) during
sampling, so that any metals that escape the glass fiber filter will  be captured in the
solution.

       For analysis, the filter can be either extracted using acid extraction or completely
dissolved by treatment with hydrofluoric acid. The impinger solution should be reduced by
evaporation, then treated with acid digestion.  Following these steps, the normal aqueous
digestion (see Table ffl-9) and analysis (see Table HI-10) may be used.

       Analysis for matrix effects (interference) should be performed by the Method of
Standard Addition or other appropriate procedures.
                                 Appendix IH-20

-------
                                Table HMO
                          Preparation  Methods
    Methods                   Analysis procedure                     Waste matrix

     3010                            ICP. FLAA                  Aqueous Only

     3020                            GFAA                     Aqueous Only

     3050                            FLAA, ICP. or GFAA        Sediment. Sludge, Soil. Filter
                                                               Paniculate Material, and Filter
                                                               from Stack Sampling Train


     3040*                           ICP or FLAA                Oils, Greases, or Waxes
'Method 3040 is only recommended for virgin oils or clean used oils. It is not recommended for oils
that contain emulsions and particulates. Until EPA's microwave digestion technique is available,
use the HNO3/H2O2 combination and procedure from Method 3050 in a condenser rig similar to that
used in the old Method 3030 for used or dirty oils. Methods 3010 and 3020 can be used for volatile
solvents if the solvent is first carefully evaporated, and the volume replaced with water before
completing the procedure.

ICP • Inductively Coupled Plasma Emission Spectroscopy
GFAA • Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption
FLAA - Flame Atomic Absorption
Source: EPA 1986.
                              Appendix  DI-21

-------
                                 Table 111-11
                             Analysis  Methods
Sample Sampling
procedure
FliMGas EPA Method 5
Multiple Metals Train

EPA Method 108

EPA Method 104




EPA Method 101A


Other Samples^ Composite










Constituent
Particulates
Total Metals'
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
ChromiumfTbtal)
Chromium(VI)
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
ChromiumfTbtal)
Chromium(VI)
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
Analysis
method

See methods listed below
7041
7060b. 7061 b
6010.7080
6010, 7090, 7091
6010,7130.7131
6010,7190,7191
7195-7198*
6010. 7420. 7421
7470* 7471 c
6010. 7760°
6010. 7841
7040
7060* 7061°
6010. 7080
6010.7090.7091
8010.7130,7131
6010.7190.7191
7195-7198*
6010. 7420. 7421
7470b, 7471 c
6010. 776QC
6010, 7841
• Validation studies indicate Method 101A may have to be run to analyze mercury.
*   These chromium(VO methods are tor aqueous matrices only.
b   This method includes digestion for aqueous matrices (no digestion method from Table 111-12 is
    necessary).
c   This method include digestion for all matrices (no digestion method from Table 111-12 is
    necessary).
d   Includes waste feed, bottom ash,  and scrubber liquor.

Source: EPA 1986.
                               Appendix  UI-22

-------
                         REFERENCES

Auer, A., H., F., Correlation of land use and cover with meteorological anomalies.
      Journal of app|je^j meteorology. Vol. 17, pp. 636-643, May 1978.

Barton, R., G., Energy and Environment Research Corporation, Memoranda of
      October 19 and 25,1988, on APCD efficiencies, to Dwight Hlustick, Office
      of Solid Waste, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington D.C.

Bonner, T., et aL Monsanto Research Corporation.  1981. Hazardous waste
      incineration engineering. Park Ridge, NJ.:  Noyes Data Corporation.

Frankel, L 1987a (January 16).  Versar Inc. Attachment A:  Operating and design
      parameters for the major air pollution control devices used on hazardous
      waste incinerator systems. Memorandum to Marc Turgeon. Office of Solid
      Waste, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

Frankel, L 1987b (February 19). Versar Inc. Table 2-5. Fate of selected elements
      included as constituents of wastes fed to the hazardous waste incinerator at
      Biebesheim, W. Germany. Memorandum to Marc Turgeon.  Office of
      Solid Waste, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

Frankel, I. 1987c (May 28). Personal conversation.  Versar Inc. Springfield, Va.

Johnson, L.  1987 (July 7).  Recommended sampling train for multiple metals
      determination.   Memorandum to  "addressees."  U.S. Environmental
      Protection Agency,  Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory.
      Research Triangle Park, N.C.

Perry, R., and Chilton, C 1973. Chemical engineers' handbook.  5th ed. New
      York,N.Y.:  McGraw-Hill Book Company.

REA.  1978. Research and Education Association. Modem pollution control
      technology.  VoLI. Air pollution control. New York, N.Y.

Theodore and Buonicore, Eds. 1984. Air pollution control equipment, selection.
      design, operation and maintenance. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Inc.

USEPA.  1977.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Office of Air Quality
      Planning and Standards.  Guidelines for air quality maintenance planning
      and analysis - Vol. 10 (Revised) - Procedures for evaluating air quality
      impact of new stationary sources. EPA-450/3-77-001.  Research Triangle
      Park, N.C.

USEPA.  1986.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality
      Planning  and Standards.  Guideline  on  air quality models (Revised).
      EPA-450/2-78-027R.  Research Triangle Park, N.C.
                         Appendix DI-23

-------
USEPA.  1986. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
       Development. Permitting hazardous waste incinerators: A workshop for
       hazardous waste incinerator permit writers, inspectors, and operators.

USEPA.  1986. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste.
       Test methods for evaluating solid wastes: Physical/chemical method, EPA
       SW-846.  Srded.

USEPA.  1987. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Background document
       supporting the control of emissions of metals and hydrogen chloride from
       hazardous waste incinerators. To be published.
                        Appendix  111-24

-------
Appendix IV.  Worksheets for Permitters* Use

-------
                              Table of Contents

                                                                      Page No

Appendix  IV:  Worksheets  for Permitters' Use

1.  Instructions for Completing WORKSHEET 1	      IV-i
       1.1 Reference Information	]	'.".!!'.!"!.'!!!!!!!!!!!lV-l
       1.2 Site Information	...................IV-1
       1.3  Requested Maximum Metal and Chlorine Feed Rates........!........!.........IV-2

-------
1.  INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING WORKSHEET  1

       These instructions provide guidance for filling out WORKSHEET 1, which
requires information on incinerator units, incinerator stacks, and metal and chlorine feed
rates by feed system for each incinerator unit

       The form is divided into three sections.  Section  I requests general reference
information, Section II requests site information,  and Section III requests desired
maximum metal and chlorine feed rates.

       The requested metal and chlorine feed rates in Section HI must be specified for all
feed systems to the incinerator.
1.1  Reference  Information

       The facility name, address, phone number, and date are requested for the permit
writer's recordkeeping information.
       A.   Facility name
       B.   Address
       C.   Phone number
       D.   Date of submission
1.2  Site Information

       This section is divided into three categories: stack parameters, terrain parameters,
and dimensions of nearby buildings.  These data should be provided separately for each
incinerator on the site. The form contains space for five separate incinerator units. If there
are more than five units on the site, the applicant should attach additional sheets with the
requested parameters fro these units.
   A.  Stack Parameters     The following parameters are required for the stack through
                           which the incinerator unit in question releases, even if other
                           non-incinerator units are connected to the same stack.
          1. Stack height         This is the height in meters of the stack above the base
                                 elevation (not the height above sea level).  If the stack
                                 is on top of a building, the reported height should be
                                  Appendix IV -1

-------
                             the height of the building plus the height of the stack,
                             so that this value will be the height above the base
                             elevation.

       2.  Exhaust temperature  This is the exit gas temperature of the plume  in
                             degrees Kelvin.

       3.  Inner stack diameter  This is the inner diameter of the stack at the exit point
                             (top of stack) in meters, i.e.,  do not include the
                             thickness of the stack walls.
       4.  Exit velocity
       5.  Flow rate
       6. Latitude/Longitude
         orUTMs
       1.
                   This is the velocity of the plume in meters per second
                   as it exits the stack in question

                   This is the flow rate of the plume in cubic meters per
                   second. This parameter is not necessary if the inner
                   stack  diameter and exit velocity are given.  Those
                   parameters are perferable over the flow rate, but if
                   they are unavailable,  then the exit flow rate is
                   acceptable.


                   These are the coordinates of the stack in question. If
                   these coordinates are not readily available, they may
                   be obtained using the following method: Locate each
                   stack  on  a  U.S.  Geological  Survey (USGS)
                   topographical  map  and  read  from  the  map
                   axes   the  latitude/longitude  coordinates  in
                   degrees/minutes/seconds and the UTM coordinates to
                   the nearest tenth of a kilometer.
             The required terrain parameters are determined using the
             maximum terrain rise from a topograghic map; the terrain
             rise is measured out to a 5-km radius from the location of the
             source. The U. S. Geological Survey (USGS) 7.5 minute
             map is recommended.  A discussion of the rationale for the
             5-km distance is provided in Appendix L

Maximum terrain rise  The maximum terrain rise (in meters) occurring
                   within the following three distance ranges from the
                   source is required:
                   0 - 0.5 km

                   0 - 2.5 km
                   0.-5.0 km

                   The  terrain  rise  is  obtained from  reading the
                   topographic lines off the map (convening from feet to
                   meters)
B. Terrain parameters
      2. Shortest distance
         to fenceline (meters)
                   This is distance to the facility property boundary
                   closest to the source. If residences are located within
                              Appendix  IV -2

-------
                                 the plant boundaries, then this parameter should be the
                                 distance to the nearest residence.
    C.  Dimensions of
       nearby buildings     All structures within 5  building heights or  5  projected
                           maximum building widths of the  stack(s) should be
                           identified, including structures outside the plant boundary.
           1. Distance from the stack (meters)
           2. Distance from nearest fenceline (meters)
           3. Building height (meters)
           4. Building length (meters)
           5. Building width (meters)
                           In addition, each such structure should be clearly identified
                           on a site map.
1.3  Requested Maximum Metal and  Chlorine Feed Rates
       The feed rates provided here should be the maximum metal and chlorine feed rates
ever expected to the system,  shown separately by feed system.  If waste blending is
performed, the data in this section should reflect the resulting waste stream after blending.
These feed rates will be written into the permit provided they pass the risk screening. The
applicant must attach copies of any supporting documentation of the waste feed rate
calculations.
       The feed rates must be provided separately for each feed system to the incinerator to
allow more flexibility in adjusting feed rates if the risk levels are unacceptable (see attached
diagram). Some examples of waste feed systems include:
       •      Ram feed (solids)
       •      Conveyor feed (solids)
       •      Liquid injection (liquids)
       •      Liquid or fuel injection to afterburner (liquids)
                                  Appendix IV-3

-------
              Feed System 2
             Liquid Injection
Feed System 1
Solids
                   I
ROTARY
  KILN

              Feed System 3
                 Sludge
              Feed System 4  STACK
              Liquid Injection
                  I
AFTER-
BURNER
     DIAGRAM  OF  FEED SYSTEMS
                     Appeidlz IV.4

-------
        O
        S
        o
        1


        I
«    8
1    I
ut
 'si
     1

     i
    M
    (V
             !
             I
         it   I
         ^i   "8

       O
       111
             I
                  ii
                    I
                 ut
                 I
                    M
                    !
                 •*
                 I
                  2
                   i 
-------
                                                      u>
N
             111
              3
                                                xxx  '5
                                                9 9 »  £
                 « o

                 i?
                   Ul
                   10 in p
                   d evi in
                   i  i  I
                   o o o
in
                                                      |
                                                      in

                                                      o
                                                      UJ
                                                              UJ
                                                              at
                                                   QC
                                                   §
                                                          (A
                                                          UJ

                                                          2
                                                          E
                                                       i  s
                Appendix IV4

-------
M
0 VI
s
I 5*4
3 .2^ §
    1 =
    353
             (A

         «_  £
         O LU
         u a*
             S
             8
     •*-   5
            *
            £
         «_ £

            '
       S
        o


        '!i
        9>CC
        2
               CJ
                O ® W

                "»
                    CO «
               & ||| I f o

               |«Jrf
         g
                    Appodlx IV.7

-------
                          1  8
I
£
s
MEI Risk
Estimates for
Combined
Sources
8* *
«55 |
.. I
r i
* 3
e» — £
I' 1
« — £
SUj
1 1
i
1* i
oc
S
a
?











CO « CO CM
9999
LU HI UJ LU
CO "» 00 CM
V evi W W











1
.« E E E -
liii 1
                                                                       I
                                                        O
                                                          O
                                                                 2
                                                                i
                                                                 0)
                                                                 I

                                                                       8
                                                                       8
                                                                       i
                            Appendix IV-<

-------

-------
CM
     ,?
-------
Appendix V.  Hazardous Waste Combustion Air Quality Screening
                Procedure for RCRA Permit Writers

-------
                              Table of Contents
                                                                     Page No
Appendix V:   Hazardous Waste Combustion Air Quality Screening
Procedure for RCRA Permit  Writers
Introduction	V-l
Step 1: Obtain Permit Data	V-4
Step 2: Determine the Applicability of the Screening Procedure	V-10
Step 3: Select the Worst-Case Stack	V-12
Step 4: Verify Engineering Practice (GEP) Criteria	V-13
Step 5: Determine the Effective and the
       Terrain Adjusted Effective Stack Height	V-15
Step 6: Classify the Site as Urban or Rural	V-20
Step?: Identify Maximum Dispersion Coefficients	V-20
Step 8: Estimate Maximum Ambient Air Concentrations	V-28-
Step 9: Determine Compliance with Regulatory Limits	V-30
Step 10: Multiple Stack Method (Optional)	V-32
Appendix A: Rational for the Screening Procedure	V-49
      Introduction	V-49
      Development of the Screening Procedure	V-49
      Rational For Technical Approach / Step-By-Step Description	V-53

-------
Introduction

       The purpose of this screening methodology is to provide a fast, easy method for
estimating maximum short-term (hourly and 3-minute averages) and annual average
ambient air impacts associated with the burning of metal bearing hazardous waste.  The
methodology is conservative in nature and estimates dispersion coefficients1 of a selected
number of pollutants.

       The emission limits to control metals and HC1 impacts from the combustion  of
hazardous waste are risk-based limits. The applicant must show that the risk to the MEI
does not exceed 10'5 for carcinogens and the reference air concentrations (RACs) are not
exceeded for noncarcinogens.  The Tier I and n tables shown in the  Metal Guidance
Document specify feed rate or emission rate limitations needed to conservatively meet these
risk criteria. These tables are based on back-calculating limits using information on worst
case modeling scenarios for 26 real and hypothetical incinerators.  If an  applicant fails to
meet the Tier I and Tier n limits, two alternatives are available. (1) Site-specific dispersion
modeling (Tier IE) can be done or (2) this air quality screening procedure can be used.

       There are two advantages to using the screening procedure that can result in a
reduction of the cost and time to permit a facility.
       •    The need to conduct site specific detailed dispersion modeling can be waived if
           the screening  procedure shows that the MEI risk does not exceed 10*5  for
           carcinogens and the RACs are not exceeded.
       •    For those sites when the nearest meteorological (STAR)  station is not
           representative of the meteorology at the site, this procedure can be used  for
           determining emission limits. If this screen shows that the emissions from  the
           site are adequately  protective (i.e., risk is  less than 1O5), then the need to
           collect site-specific meteorological data could be waived.

       The screening procedure is likely to be most helpful for facilities with (1) multiple
stacks, (2) large distances from the incinerator stack(s) to the site boundary, and  (3)
complex terrain within 1 to 5 kilometers from the incinerator stack(s).
1      In this report the term dispersion coefficient refers to normalized concentrations, i.e., ambient air
       concentrations (ug/m3) resulting from a source with an emission rate of 1 g/sec.
                                   Appendix  V-l

-------
       If, by using this screening procedure, it can be demonstrated that the regulatory
short-term and long-term risk criteria (10"5 and RACs) can be met, then this could eliminate
the need for additional modeling. If, on the other hand, the procedure reveals that risks in
excess of  10*5 may occur for those pollutants under evaluation then more in-depth
modeling would be required.

       Figure 1  shows  a flow  chart  of the  screening process  described in this
methodology.
                                 Appendix  V-2

-------
FLOW CHART FOR SCREENING PROCEDURE
                  Appendix V-3

-------
       The steps involved in the screening methodology are as follows:
       Step 1   Obtain Permit Data
       Step 2   Determine the Applicability of the Screening Procedure
       Step 3   Select the Worst-Case Stack
       Step 4   Verify Engineering Practice (GEP) Criteria
       Step 5   Determine the Effective Stack Height and Terrain Adjusted Effective Stack
                Height
       Step 6   Classify the Site as Urban or Rural
       Step 7   Identify Maximum Dispersion Coefficients
       Step 8   Estimate Maximum Ambient Air Concentrations
       Step 9   Determine Compliance with  Regulatory Limits
       Step 10  Multiple Stack Method
       These steps, described in greater detail, as well as the theory and data on which the
methodology is based are presented below.
Step 1:  Obtain Permit Data
       The data needed for this step is taken from the data submitted for WORKSHEET 1
of Appendix IV.
       Complete the following table for the source:2
2      Worksheet space is provided for three stacks. If the facility under review has additional stacks, they
       should be included in the analysis.
                                   Appendix V-4

-------
                                      Stack  Data


                             Stack No. 1        Stack No.2       Stack No.3

Physical stack height (m)           	            	            	


Exhaust temperature (K)           	            	            	


Row rate (rrP/sec)                	            	            	

                                       Site Data

Minimum distance from stack(s) to property boundary (m)  	


Maximum terrain rise (for three distance ranges):
(Not required if the highest stack is less than 10 meters in height)
                        .(m)      	(m)       	(m)
               0-0.5km          0-2.5km          0-5km


Nearby Building Dimensions:
Consider all buildings within five building heights or five iraximuni projected widths of the
stack(s).  From this group, select the building with the greatest height and fill in the spaces
below.
       Building height (m)
       Maximum projected building width (m)


Distance from facility to nearest shoreline (km)


Valley width (km)  	
                                  Appendix V-5

-------
                                  Emissions Data3
                                      Stack #
                      Annual average             Maximum 3-minute
Pollutant               emission rate                emission rate
                          (g/sec)                      (g/sec)
Antimony


Arsenic


Barium


Beryllium


Cadmium


Chromium


Lead


Mercury


Silver


Thallium


Hydrogen Chloride
       For facilities that do not have emissions data from a (rial burn, refer to Tab D(l) for the procedure
       to estimate emission rates.
                                     Appendix V-6

-------
                                  Emissions Data4
                                      Stack #
                      Annual average             Maximum 3-minute
Pollutant               emission rate                 emission rate
                          (g/sec)                      (g/sec)


Antimony              	


Arsenic                	


Barium                 	


Beryllium               	


Cadmium               	


Chromium              	


Lead                  	


Mercury                	


Sliver                  	


Thallium                	


Hydrogen Chloride      	                 	
       For facilities that do not have emissions data from a trial burn, refer to Tab D(l) for the procedure
       to estimate emission rates.
                                     Appendix V-7

-------
                                   Emissions Data5
                                      Stack #
                      Annual average             Maximum 3-minute
 Pollutant               emission rate                emission rate
                          (g/sec)                      (g/sec)
Antimony


Arsenic


Barium


Beryllium


Cadmium


Chromium


Lead


Mercury


Silver


Thallium


Hydrogen Chloride
       For facilities that do not have emissions data from a trial bum, refer to Tab D(l) for the procedure
       to estimate emission rates.
                                    Appendix  V-8

-------
9

2



I

Vt


0


s
3


e

m
x
CO

2
M



2
UL

0)

O
m
in


Ul



I
2
o
i


1
c
 CQ
 O

0.
                               c
                               o
-    P    •-    .2

S    I    ^    I
/n    w    w    "O
52    flj    0)    M

<    CO    CO    O
                                                            1
o    ®    =

«    =    2    o
2    co    i-    I
                         Appendix V-9

-------
 Step 2: Determine the Applicability  of the Screening Procedure

       For each application of this screening procedure, the user must consider: (1) the
 acceptability of using the procedure for the facility under review, (i.e., are the dispersion

 coefficients sufficiently conservative6),  and (2) the likelihood that the procedure may

 reduce the degree of conservatism and allow greater emissions compared to the limits

 tabulated in Tiers I and n.  Both conditions must be satisfied in order for the screening

 procedure to be most useful.

       (A) Acceptability of the Screening Procedure for a Specific Site.


       Fill in the following data to evaluate this condition:


                                                               Yes           Ha


       Is the facility in a Valley >1 km in width?                 	         	


       Is the terrain rise within 1 km of the facility
       less than the physical stack height of
       the tallest stack?
       (Only applies to stacks £20 meters  in height)               	         	


       Is the distance to the nearest shoreline >5 km?
       (Only applies to facilities with stacks > 20 meters           	         	
       in height)


       Is the closest property boundary >5 times
       the building height and >5 times the
       maximum projected building width?7
       (Only applies to facilities with a stack height
       < 2.5 times the building height)                           	         	


       If the answer is yes to all of the preceding questions that are relevant to the facility ,

then the screening procedure is acceptable pending concurrence with these results by the

regional meteorologist or the Permit Assistance  Team (PAT). Proceed to the next step to
       The term conservative in this procedure means that concentrations  and risks  tend to be
       overestimated rather than underestimated.
       Refer to the building selected in Step 1.
                                   Appendix V-10

-------
determine whether the screening procedure is likely to allow higher emission rates than
Tiers I and II for the facility under review.

       (B)  Applications Most Likely to Benefit from the Screening Procedure.


       In some circumstances the screening procedure can be more restrictive than Tier I
and n.  Under the following conditions, however, the screening procedure should be less

restrictive, while still ensuring that the risk does not exceed 10'5 for the MEL Under these

conditions the screen is most useful.8

       The following table  should be completed to evaluate whether the screening

procedure would be less restrictive.  An affirmative response to any of the questions below

indicates that the screen should be of benefit

                                                                Yes
       The facility has multiple stacks with sub-
       substantially different release specifications
       (e.g., stack heights differ by >50 percent,
       exit temperatures differ by >50 K, or exit flow
       rates differ by more than a factor of 2).                    	


       The terrain does not reach physical stack height
       within 1 km of the incinerator, when the stack is
       greater than 20 m high and is in complex terrain9.          	


       The distance to die nearest facility boundary
       is greater than the distance shown in the Table 1
       below for the specified land use and the terrain
       adjusted effective stack height of worst-case stack.10       	
8      Using the screening procedure is perhaps most advantageous for sites located in complex terrain
       and other areas where representative meteorological data are unavailable.  If any one of the
       conditions shown in Step 2(B) is met and subsequent estimates of ambient concentrations are
       shown to be below the risk criteria, then the loss of time to permit the facility (typically 1 to 1.5
       yean) could be avoided and the high cost (from $50,000 to S 100,000) to collect and process a
       meteorological data set could be waived by the permit writer with the concurrence of the Regional
       meteorologists or the PAT.
9      Complex terrain refers to to applications where the maximum terrain rise within 5 kilometers of a
       facility exceeds the physical height of the facility's shortest stack.
10     Refer to Step 5.
                                    Appendix  V-ll

-------
                                         Table 1
          Terrain adjusted effective                          Distance
                stack height                                  (m)
                 range (m)          	     Urban	Rural
1-9.9
10-14.9
15-19.9
20 - 24.9
25 - 30.9
31-41.9
42 - 52.9
53 - 64.9
65-112.9
113+
200
200
200
200
200
200
250
300
400
700
200
250
250
350
450
550
800
1000
1200
2500
       If the answer is yes to any of the questions above that are relevant to the facility
under review, then this screen is likely to allow higher emissions than Tiers I and n.
However, if the answer to all of the above questions is no, then this procedure may not
allow higher emissions than Tiers I and n (i.e., may not be less conservative).   The
permit reviewer may now proceed to Steps 3 through 9.

Step 3:  Select the Worst-Case Stack

       If the facility has several incinerator stacks, a worst-case stack must be chosen to
conservatively represent release  conditions at the facility.  Follow the steps below to
identify the worst case-stack.
                                  Appendix V-12

-------
       Apply the following equation to each stack:

       K = HVT

             where:
                    K * an arbitrary parameter accounting for the relative influence of
                    the stack height and plume rise.
                    H * Physical stack height (m)

                    V * Flow rate (m3/sec)
                    T = Exhaust temperature (Kelvin).

       Complete the following table to compute the "K" value for each stack:

       Stack No.     Stack height   x      Row rate      x     Exit temp.
                       (m)                (mfoec)              (Kelvin)
       Select the stack with the lowest "K" value. This is the worst-case stack that will be
used for Steps 4 through 9.

       Worst-Case Stack is identified as Stack No. _

Step 4:  Verify  Engineering Practice (GEP) Criteria

       Confirm that the selected worst-case stack meets Good Engineering Practice (GEP)
criteria. The stack height to be used in the subsequent steps of this procedure must not be
greater than the marim^m GEP.
       Maximum and minimum GEP stack heights are defined as follows:
                                 Appendix  V-13

-------
       GEP (minimum) = H + (1.5 x L)

       GEP (maximum) = greater of 65 m or H + (1.5 x L)

       where:
       H a  Height of a nearby structure measured from ground level elevation at the base
            of the stack (refer to the building selected in Step 1)
       L »  The lesser dimension of the height or projected width of a nearby structure
            (refer to the building selected in Step 1)

       Record the following data:

       Stack height (m)«	

       H(m) =	

       L(m)=	

       Then compute the following:

       GEP (minimum) (m) =	

       GEP (maximum) (m) a ^______
       If the physical height of the worst-case stack exceeds the maximum GEP, then use
the maximum GEP stack height for the subsequent steps of this analysis.

       If the physical height of the worst case-stack is less than the minimum GEP, then
use generic source number 11 as the selected source for further analysis and proceed
directly to Step 6.

       If the physical  height of the worst case-stack is between the minimum and
maximum GEP, then use the actual physical stack height for the subsequent steps of this
analysis.
                                 Appendix V-14

-------
Step 5:   Determine the Effective Stack Height and the Terrain Adjusted
          Effective  Stack  Height

       The effective stack height (i.e., the height of the effluent release) is an important
factor in air pollution modeling. The effective stack height is the physical height of the
stack plus plume rise.  As specified in Step 4, the stack height used to estimate the effective
stack height must not exceed GEP requirements.  Plume rise is a function of the stack exit
gas temperature and flow rate. In this analysis, the effective stack height is used to select
the generic source that represents the dispersion characteristics of the facility under study.
For facilities located in flat terrain and for all facilities with worst case stacks less than or
equal to 10 meters in height, generic sources are  selected strictly on the basis of effective
stack height In all other cases, the effective stack height is further adjusted to take into
account the terrain rise within the vicinity of the facility (Terrain Adjusted Effective Stack
Height). The "terrain adjusted effective stack height" is then used to select the generic
source that represents the dispersion characteristics of the facility.

       Follow the steps below to identify the effective stack height, the terrain adjusted
effective stack height (where applicable) and the corresponding generic source number.

       (A)  Go to Table 2 and find the plume rise value corresponding to the stack
temperature and exit flow rate for the worst case stack determined in Step 3.

       Plume rise »	(m)

       (B)  Add the  plume rise to the physical stack height of the worst-case stack to
determine the effective stack height

       Stack Height (m)11    +      Plume Rise (m)      =     Effective Stack Height (m)
11     As shown in Step 4(A), stack height should be set to maximum GEP stack height if the physical
       stack height exceeds GEP.
                                   Appendix  V-15

-------
      Distance Range         Generic Source No.(s)        Maximum Dispersion Coefficient
                                            Step 5(G)

        0.0 - 0.5           	

       >0.5 - 2.5           	

       >2.5 - 5.0           	
       >5.0 - 20.0                    1                               46.7

       Select the highest maximum average hourly dispersion coefficient from above and
record it in the space provided below.

       Maximum Average Hourly Dispersion Coefficient =	Qig/m^/g/sec)

       (D) Select long-term/short-term ratio for long-term analysis.19

       The maximum average annual dispersion coefficient is approximated by multiplying
the maximum hourly dispersion coefficient (identified in Step 7(Q) by the appropriate ratio
selected from Table 6, which follows.  Note that the final generic source numbers) (from
Steps 5(D) or 5(G)), urban/rural designation (from Step 6), and complex or noncomplex
terrain designation are used to select the appropriate scaling factor.  The  following
information is needed to complete this step:
19     In this ratio, long-term refers to an annual time period and short-term refers to an hourly time
       period.
                                  Appendix  V-24

-------
      1. Generic Source Numbers)20  (see Steps 5(D) or 5(0))

                     Step 5(D)

       Distance range        Generic source number(s)

       0.0 - 5.0                 	

                     or

                     Step 5(G) - (nonflat)

        0.0 - 0.5                	

       >0.5 - 2.5               	

       >2.5 - 5.0                	
       2. Terrain Type • Use the noncomplex designation for all sources located in flat
terrain, for all sources where the physical stack height of the worst case stack is less than or
equal to 10 meters (regardless of terrain data), for all sources where the worst case stack is
less than the minimum CEP, and for those sources where all of the TAESHs in Step 5(F)
are > zero. Use the complex terrain designation if any of the terrain adjusted stack heights
in Step S(F) is less than or equal to zero. Record the selection below.

       Complex	       Noncomplex	
       3. Land Use                	                	
       (See Step 6)                   (Urban)                     (Rural)
20     For those sites with terrain adjustment, generic source numbers for each distance range will be
       considered.
                                   Appendix  V-25

-------
                                        Tab It 6
                        95 th Percentile of long-Term/Short-Term Ratios
              Noncomplex Terrain                             Complex Terrain
          Source    Urban     Rural   	       Source    Urban    Rural
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0.019
0.033
0.031
0.029
0.028
0.028
0.031
0.030
0.029
0.029
0.018
0.014
0.019
0.018
0.017
0.017
0.017
0.015
0.013
0.011
0.008
0.015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0.020
0.020
0.030
0.051
0.067
0.059
0.036
0.026
0.026
0.017
0.020
0.053
0.053
0.057
0.047
0.039
0.034
0.031
0.024
0.024
0.013
0.053
       First select the generic source number and the LTVST ratio for all stacks, then fill in

the following worksheet
                                    Appendix  V-26

-------
 5

CO
p
in
in
eg
 A
in
eg
in
o
 A

in
d
        in

        **>
        CNJ
         A

        in
        CVJ
        10
        in
        o
        o
        in
        in

        
-------
       If the facility has only one generic source number, then record the computed LT/ST
 ratio in the space provided below. If the facility has multiple generic source numbers, then
 record the highest computed LT/ST value in the space provided below.

       LT/ST Ratio  	

       Multiply the  LT/ST ratio  recorded above by the maximum hourly dispersion
 coefficient selected in Step 7(Q to estimate the maximum annual dispersion coefficient.
 Record this parameter in the space provided below

       Maximum Average Annual Dispersion Coefficient   	(y.g/m3/g/sec)

 Step 8:  Estimate Maximum Ambient  Air Concentrations

       Maximum annual average ambient air concentrations are estimated by multiplying
 the maximum long-term dispersion coefficient found above (see Steps 7(Q and 7(D)) times
 the facility's maximum annual average emission rate (see Step 1). Maximum short-term (3-
 minute) ambient air concentrations are estimated by first multiplying the maximum hourly
 dispersion coefficient by a scaling factor of 1.6421 and then by the facility's maximum 3-
 minute average emission rate (see Step 1).

       Using the variables identified below, complete the  following worksheet to
 determine maximum ambient air concentrations.
 ERAN » Total (all stacks) maximum annual average emission rate for pollutant "N" (g/sec)
 ER3N = Total (all stacks) maximum 3-minute average emission rate for "N"  pollutant
         (g/sec)
 DC = Maximum hourly average dispersion coefficient (jo.g/m3)/(g/sec) (see Step 7(Q)
 C = Ambient concentration (jig/m3)
 R= Long-term/short-term ratio (see Step 7(D)).
21     The use of the 1.64 scaling factor is consistent with the procedure outlined in "Turners Workbook
       of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates."
                                 Appendix V-28

-------
       Multiply dispersion coefficients times emissions to estimate ambient concentrations
for each averaging period.22


Pollutant                  Annual averages                       3-min. averages
                          ERANxDCxfl-C                    ER3N x DC x 1.64 «C


Antimony           	x	x	»	


Arsenic            	x	x	«	

Barium             	x	x	•	


Beryllium           	x	x	.	

Cadmium           	x	x	.	


Lead              	x	x	-	

Mercury            	x	x	»	


Silver              	x	x	-	


Thallium            	x	x	»	


Hd                	x	x	-	         	x	X1.64-	
22     Note that the maximum annual average and the maximum 3-minute average emission rates from
       Step 1 are to be transferred into the appropriate columns of this table. If only annual averages are
       available, these are used for all columns (with caution) as defaults.
                                    Appendix V-29

-------
 Step 9: Determine Compliance with Regulatory  Limits

        (A)  For the noncarcinogenic compounds (antimony, barium, lead,  mercury,
 silver,  thallium, and hydrogen  chloride), use the following equation  to determine

 compliance:

               Dispersion Coefficient (ug/m3/g/sec) x Emission (g/sec)23      .
                                 RAC (ug/m3)                   ~  '

        where:

              RAC = Reference Air Concentration of the pollutant being evaluated


        If the ratio for any pollutant is greater than 1, then the results indicate an exceedance

 of the risk screening criteria.

        The RACs for each pollutant are listed below:

              Pollutant            RA.C

              Antimony              0.3
              Barium               50
              Lead                  0.09
              Mercury               0.3
              Silver                  3
              Thallium               0.3
              HG (3 minute)      150
                    (annual)          7

       Compute the ratio for each pollutant and list the results in the spaces provided.
23     When determining compliance use the maximum annual average emission rate (summed across all
       stacks).  Alternately, when determining compliance on a 3-minute basis (e.g., for hydrogen
       chloride), use the maximum 3-mmute emission rate (summed across all stacks).
                                  Appendix V-30

-------
                          Ratig
                 Exceedance
Compliance
Antimony
Barium
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Thallium
HCI  (3 minute)
     (annual)
       (B)   For  the carcinogenic  compounds (arsenic,  beryllium, cadmium, and
chromium), use the following equation to determine compliance.
       Actual Risk » Dispersion Coefficient (ng/m3/g/sec) x Emission24 (g/sec) x Unit Risk (m3/u.g)
                       n
                     I
                      t-1
Actual Riskj
 1.0 X 10-5
              where:
              i = carcinogenic metals considered.
       If the sum of the ratios is greater than 1, then the results indicate an exceedance of
the risk screening criteria.
24     When determining compliance use the maximum annual average emission rate (summed across all
       stacks).
                                   Appendix V-31

-------
       The unit risk values for each pollutant are listed below:

              pollutant             TfnitRisk
              Arsenic               4.3E-03
              Beryllium             2.4E-03
                                   1.8E-03
              Chromium            1.2E-02

       Compute the ratio for each pollutant analyzed and list the results in the spaces
provided:

                         Ratio             Exceedance          Compliance
Arsenic               _
Beryllium              _
Cadmium              _
Chromium              _
Summation           _            _              _

Step  10:  Multiple  Stack Method (Optional)

       This option is a special case procedure that may be helpful when (1) the facility
exceeded the regulatory limits as detailed in Step 9 and (2) the facility has multiple stacks
with substantially different effective release heights. This approach, when computed
manually,  is most practical when 1 or 2 pollutants fail the basic screening procedure (Steps
1 to 9).  Only those pollutants that fail the basic screen need be addressed in this exercise.

       This procedure allows the permit writer to review environmental impacts from each
stack and then to sum the results to estimate total impacts.  This option is conceptually the
same as the basic approach and does not involve complex calculations.  However, it  is
more time consuming and is recommended only if the basic approach (Steps 1 through 9)
fails to meet the short or long-term risk criteria. The procedure is outlined below.
                                  Appendix  V-32

-------
       (A)  Compute effective stack heights.

       Stack No.       Stack height25     Fl°w rate     Exit temp.    Effective stack height
                          (m)          (m3/sec)        (K)
           1

           2

           3
       Circle the maximum and minimum effective stack heights.

       (B)  Determine if this multiple stacks screening procedure will likely produce less

conservative results than the procedure in Steps 1 through 9.

       Compute the following ratio:

       Maximum Effective Stack Height
       Minimum Effective Stack Height         *       -    >
       If the above ratio is  greater than  1.25, proceed  with the remaining  steps.
Otherwise, this option is less likely to significantly reduce the degree of conservatism in the
screening method.  If such is the case, permit writers may choose to require site-specific
modeling.

       (C) Determine if terrain adjustment is needed and select generic source numbers.

       Select the shortest stack height and maximum terrain rise out to 5 kilometers from
Step 1 and determine if the facility is in flat terrain.

       Shortest stack height (m) »   _
       Maximum terrain rise in meters out to 5 km
25     Follow the procedure outlined in Step 4 of the basic screening procedure to determine the GEP for
       each stack. If a stack's physical height exceeds the maximum GEP, use the maximum GEP value.
       If a stack's physical height is less than the minimum GEP, use genehc source number 11 in the
       subsequent steps of this analysis.
26     See Step S of the basic screening procedure.
                                   Appendix V-33

-------
            Terrain Rise (m)        .-
       Shortest Stack Height (m) x 10° "	(%)


       If the value above is greater than 10 percent, proceed directly to Step 10(D). If the

ratio is less than or equal  to 10 percent, identify the generic source numbers directly based

on effective stack heights computed in Step 10(A).  Refer to Table 3 below to identify

generic source numbers.
                                     Table 3
              Effective Stack Height                      Generic Source No.
             	(mj	


                     <10.0                                   1
                   10.0-14.9                                2
                   15.0-19.9                                3
                   20.0 - 24.9                                4
                   25.0 - 30.9                                5
                   31.0-41.9                                6
                   42.0 - 52.9                                7
                   53.0 - 64.9                                8
                  65.0-112.9                                9
                     113.0+                                  10
                Downwash Source                             11


       Record  below the generic source numbers identified and proceed directly to

Step 10(F).


                                      Stack No.
       Generic Source Numbers	


       (D) Compute terrain adjusted effective stack heights (TAESH) and select generic

source numbers (for sources located in nonflat terrain).


       1.  Compute the terrain adjusted effective stack height for all remaining stacks using

the following equation:
                                  Appendix  V-34

-------
       HE-TR = TAESH

              where:

                     HE = effective stack height (m)

                     TR = maximum terrain rise for each distance range (m)

                     TAESH = terrain adjusted effective stack height (m).

       Fill in the table below:

                      Terrain Adjusted Effective Stack Heights (m)27
                                        Distance range
                  0-0.5 km              >0.5-2.5km             >2.5-5.0km
Stack No.     HE  -   TR  -  TAESH     HE  -  TR  - TAESH     HE  -  TR  - TAESH
       For those stacks where the terrain rise within a distance range is greater than the
effective stack height (i.e., HE • TR is less than zero), then the terrain adjusted effective
stack height (TAESH) for that distance range is set equal to zero, and generic source
number 1 should be used for that distance range and all subsequent distance ranges.
Additionally, for all stacks with a physical stack height of less than or equal to 10 meters,
used generic source 1 for all distance ranges28.  For the remaining stacks, proceed to Step
       2. For the remaining stacks, refer to the table below and, for each distance range,
identify the generic source number that includes the terrain adjusted effective stack height
27     Refer to Step(l) for terrain adjustment data. Note that the distance from the source to the outer
       radii of each range is used. For example, for the range >0.5-2.5 kilometers, the maximum terrain
       rise in the range 0-2.5 kilometers is used.
28     This applies to all stacks less than or equal to 10 meters regardless of the terrain classification.
                                   Appendix  V-35

-------
                                     Table  3

                Terrain Adjusted
              Effective Stack Height                      Generic Source No.
              	(m)	_	


                      <10.0                                   1
                   10.0 - 14.9                                2
                   15.0 - 19.9                                3
                   20.0 - 24.9                                4
                   25.0 - 30.9                                5
                   31.0-41.9                                6
                   42.0 - 52.9                                7
                   53.0 - 64.9                                8
                   65.0-112.9                                9
                     113.0+                                  10
                Downwash Source                             11


       Use the values obtained from Steps 10D(1) and 10D(2) to complete the following

summary worksheet:


                                     Generic Source Number.
                                 After Terrain Adjustment (if needed)

                          0 - 0.5 km          >0.5 - 2.5 km         >2.5 - 5.0 km
        Stack No.
       (E) Identify mammum average hourly dispersion coefficients.

       Based on the land use classification of the site (e.g., urban or rural), use either

Table 4 or Table 5 to determine the appropriate dispersion coefficient for each distance

range for each stack. Begin at the minimum fenceline distance indicated in Step 7(B) and
recordjn the worksheet which follows, the dispersion coefficient for each stack/distance

range. For stacks located in facilities in flat terrain, the generic source numbers were

computed in Step 10(Q.  For stacks located in facilities in rolling and complex terrain, the

generic source numbers were computed in Step 10(D). For flat terrain applications, and for
                                  Appendix V-36

-------
those stacks with a physical height of less than or equal to 10 meters only one generic
source number will be used per stack for all distance ranges.  For other applications, up to
three generic source numbers may be needed per stack (i.e., a unique generic source
number per distance range).  In Tables 4 and 5, the dispersion coefficients for distances 6
kilometers to 20 kilometers are the same for all generic source numbers in order to
conservatively represent terrain beyond 5 kilometers (past the limits of the  terrain analysis).

       Record the data in the table which follows.
                                  Appendix V-37

-------
                       Dispersion Coefficients by Downwind Distance29
 Distance        Stack 1                  Stack 2                Stack 3
 0.20
 0.25
 0.30
 0.35
 0.40
 0.45
 0.50
 0.55
 0.60
 0.65
 0.70
 0.75
 0.80
 0.85
 0.90
 0.95
 1.00
 1.10
 1.20
 1.30
 1.40
 1.50
 1.60
 1.70
 1.80
 1.90
 2.00
 2.25
 2.50
 2.75
 3.00
 4.00
 5.00
 6.00
 7.00
 8.00
 9.00
 10.00
 15.00
 20.00
29      Note: This procedure places all stacks at the same point, but allows for consideration of different
        effective stack heights. The distance to the closest boundary (extracted from Step 1) should be the
        closest distance to any stack.
                                      Appendix  V-38

-------
       (F) Estimate maximum hourly ambient air concentrations.

       In this step,  pollutant-specific emission rates are multiplied by appropriate
dispersion coefficients to estimate ambient air concentrations.  For each stack, emissions
are multiplied by the dispersion coefficients selected in Step 10(E) and summed across all
stacks to estimate ambient air concentrations at various distances from the facility. From
these summed concentrations, the maximum hourly ambient air concentration is selected.
First, select the maximum emission rate the pollutant under study30. Record these data in
the spaces provided below.

                           Maximum Annual Emission Rates31

Pollutant          Stack 1               Stack 2               Stack 3
       For each pollutant, complete the following table and select the highest hourly
concentration from the summation column at the far right of the table.
30     Recall that it is recommended that this analysis be performed manually for only one or two
       pollutants. The pollutants chosen for this analysis should be those that show the most significant
       exceedances of the risk threshold.
31     Refer to Step 1 of the basic screening procedure. Note that at this point in the screening
       procedure, annual emissions are used to represent hourly average emission rates. These values will
       be adjusted by the long term/short term ratio to estimate annual average concentrations.
                                    Appendix  V-39

-------
1
         .2
  O    iii»«Mnua«»Ma««»BB«ii»a
n •
                                               S

  LU   XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX          jg  X
                                               2
                                               f
                                               8-
                                               55
                                               S
                                               S-

w •

a«
  UJ   xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx


                                          if
                                          *° s  _



 0   • • •	     II  ll'
                                         O
                                         215

        xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                                         WJ U ^»
                                            fc  Cfl
                                            i  I
                                            I  s


                                         p!  jf


                                         ceo "  S
      O O O O O o O O d o O O O O O O *- f *- *- f »•    LUQO  Z
                         Appendix V-40

-------
3
            o
          co  •
            LU     xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
          
-------
         .2


       I1
         O      IIIIIIIIHIRNRHIRRRRRRRRR                    "
       o  »

         8                                                                      i

         =                                                                      i
         LU      XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX               (g    X



                                                                                 o"


                                                                                 I
                                                                                 .s

                                                                                 §•

         O      RHRR»RRRHRRRRRRRRIIRHHR               I    n
(0      CM  II                                                                      S

        ;2                                                                      1

         -                                                                      1
         LU      XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX               .2    X




                                                                          f'13
                                                                          w
                                                                             ^   —
                                                                                 o



                                                                          M   II
         O      •  • •  I  I N  I  I R	R  R  I  R  R  R        ||   | J  II





         LU      XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX      52 $ 2   -2 53  X


                                                                             I   p








           ^                                                            R  I UJ    Q)   e
           c   ^^ c^ co co ^r ^r iiO vo co co r^ r^ oo oo ^D O) ^5 ^* ^^ co ^r to     cc ^3      o   ^
           i.   ooooc>ooocioooooooi-i-«-v-«-«-     uu Q O    Z   *-
                                    Appendix  V-42

-------
1
     *v

    i
              .2
            25
              o
            n  •
              X
              
-------
       Record the maximum hourly air concentration for each pollutant analyzed in the
table below:

       Pollutant            Maximum Hourly Air Concentration
       (G) Determine the complex/noncomplex designation for each stack.

       For each stack subtract the maximum terrain rise out to 5 kilometers from the
physical stack height and designate the stack as either complex or noncomplex. Use the
following criteria to make this determination:
    •   If the stack height minus the maximum terrain rise (out to 5 kilometers) is greater
       than zero, then assign the stack a noncomplex designation.
    •   If the stack height minus the maximum terrain rise (put to 5 kilometers) is less than
       or equal to zero, then assign the stack a complex designation.

       All stacks  less than 10 meters in physical  height are assigned a noncomplex
designation.

       Perform the following computation for each stack and record the information in the
spaces provided. Check in  the spaces provided whether the stack designation is complex
or noncomplex.

Stack No.                                                    Complex    Noncomplex

    1      Stack Height (m) -  Max. Terrain Rise (m) -	(m)          	        	

    2     Stack Height (m) -  Max. Terrain Rise (m) -	(m)          	        	

    3     Stack Height (m) -  Max. Terrain Rise (m) -	(m)          	        	
                                  Appendix  V-44

-------
        (H) Identify Long-Term/Short Terra Ratios.

        Extract the long-term/short-term ratios for each stack by referring to Table 6 (which
for convenience is repeated below). Generic source numbers (from Steps 10(C) or 10(D),
urban/rural designation (from Step 6), and complex or noncomplex terrain designations
(from Step 10(G)) are used to select the appropriate scaling factor to convert short-term
           concentrations to estimates of annual average concentrations. The following
table must be used to complete this step.
                                       Table 6
                        95th Percentile of Long-Term/Short- Tarm Ratios
              NoncomoJex Terrain                            Complex Terrain
          Source    Urban    Rural      _ Source    Urban     Rural
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
11
0.019
0.033
0.031
0.029
0.028
0.028
0.031
0.030
0.029
0.029
0.018
0.014
0.019
0.018
0.017
0.017
0.017
0.015
0.013
0.011
0.008
0.015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0.020
0.020
0.030
0.051
0.067
0.059
0.036
0.026
0.026
0.017
0.020
0.053
0.053
0.057
0.047
0.039
0.034
0.031
0.024
0.024
0.013
0.053
Complete the following table.
Stack No.           Generic Source No.            Long-term/short-term ratio
                     Steps 10 (C or 0)                  (from Table 5)32
                Distance ranges (km)                  Distance ranges (km)
            0-0.5    >0.5-2.5   >2.5-5.0        0-0.5    >0.5-2.5   >2.5-5.0
    1         	       	       	        	   	   	
    2         	       	       	        	   	   	
    3         		   	
32     If any stack (excluding generic stack numbers 1 and 11) in Step 10(D) shows a negative terrain
       adjusted stack height, use the complex terrain long-term/short-term ratios. Note that Step 6
       defines whether urban or rural ratios should be used.
                                    Appendix V-45

-------
        Select the highest ratio among the set of stacks.33 Use this ratio in Step 10(1) to
 estimate maximum ambient air concentrations.

        (I)  Estimate maximum annual and 3-minute average concentrations for each
 pollutant by completing the following table, where:

 C a Maximum total hourly ambient air concentration for pollutant "N" (jig/ra3)

 CA = Maximum annual average air concentration for pollutant "N" (|ig/m3)

 C3-Min * Maximum 3-minute average concentration (u,g/m3)

 R = Long-term/shon-term ratio

             > The highest ratio (across all stacks) of the maximum 3-minute emission rate
              divided by the annual average emission rate.
                Max hourly cone.34   Annual averages              3-Min averages.

                        C               CXR-CA             Cx1-64xliA^"C:
Pollutant             (ug/m3)            (ug/m3)                      (ug/m3)
                                       ,x	•	
                                        x	-	   	x1.64x.
       (J) Determine compliance with regulatory requirements.


       1. For the noncarcinogenic compounds (antimony, barium, lead, mercury, silver,

thallium, and hydrogen chloride), use the following equation to determine compliance:

                    Annual Ambient Air Concentration (ug/m3)33     Q
                                 RAC(ug/m3)               *
33     As m option, the user could identify the stack with the highest ratio for each distance range (rather
       than die absolute highest).  In this case* extra sheets would be needed to show estimated annual
       average concentrations from each stack by multiplying emission rate times maximum hourly
       dispersion coefficient times maximum long-term/one-hour  ratio for applicable distance range.
       Then sum across all stacks for each downwind distance.
34     From Step 10(F).
35     From Step 10(1). Use the 3-minute average ambient concentration to evaluate compliance on a 3-
       minute basis.
                                   Appendix V-46

-------
       If the ratio for any pollutant is greater than 1, then the results indicate an exceedance

of the regulatory risk criteria.

       The RACs for each pollutant are listed below:

              Pollutant           RAC

              Antimony             0.3
              Barium                50
              Lead                  0.09
              Mercury              0.3
              Silver                 3
              Thallium              0.3
              Hd (3 minute)     150
                   (annual)         7


       Compute the ratio for each pollutant analyzed and list the results in the spaces

provided:

                         Ratiq             Exceedance          Compliance

Pollutant
          (3 minute)
       2. For the carcinogenic compounds (arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, and chromium),
use the following equation to determine compliance:
       Actual Risk » Annual Ambient Air Concentration36 (g/sec) x Unit Risk (m3/ug)

                           	n

                           I
        n
           Actual Riskj
           1.0X10-5  *  ™
         >1


where i = carcinogenic metals considered.
36     From Step 10(1).
                                   Appendix  V-47

-------
                                       Table 2
                   Plum* Rise Values (m) vs. Stack Parameters

Flow rate*
(m3/sec)
<0.5
0.5-0.9
1.0-1.9
2.0-2.9
3.0-3.9
4.0-4.9
5.0-7.4
7.5-9.9
10.0-12.4
12.5-14.9
15.0-19.9
20.0-24.9
25.0-29.9
30.0-34.9
35.0-39.9
40.0-49.9
50.0-59.9
60.0-69.9
>69.9
Exhaust temperature (K)
<325
0
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
16
18
325-
349
0
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
5
6
8
9
10
12
13
15
18
20
350-
399
0
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
7
8
9
11
13
15
17
19
22
26
29
400-
449
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
13
17
20
22
25
28
33
38
42
450-
499
1
1
2
4
5
6
7
10
12
14
16
20
24
27
31
34
40
45
49
500-
599
1
1
2
4
6
7
8
11
14
16
19
23
27
31
35
39
44
50
54
600-
699
1
2
3
5
7
8
10
13
16
19
22
27
32
37
41
44
50
56
62
700-
799
1
2
3
5
7
9
11
14
18
21
24
30
35
40
44
48
55
61
67
800-
999
1
2
3
6
8
10
11
15
19
22
26
32
38
42
46
50
57
64
70
1000
1499
1
3
4
6
8
10
12
17
21
24
28
35
41
45
50
54
61
68
75
>1499
1
2
4
7
9
11
13
18
23
27
31
38
44
49
54
58
66
74
81
(1)  Using the given stack exit flow rate and gas temperature.
    find the corresponding plume rise value from the above table.

(2)  Add the physical stack height to the corresponding plume rise values
    [effective stack height • physical stack height + plume rise).

'Plume rise is a function of buoyancy and momentum which are in turn
 functions of flow rate, not simply exit velocity. Flow Rate is defined
 as the inner cross-sectional area of the stack multiplied by the exR
 velocity of the stack gases.
                                  Appendix  V-16

-------
       (C)  Go to the first column of Table 3 and identify the range of effective stack
heights that includes the effective stack height estimated in Step 5(B).  Identify the generic
source number that corresponds to this range.  For all facilities where the physical height of
the worst-case stack is less than the minimum GEP, generic source number 11 should be
used.

                                      Table  3
Effective Stack Height
(m>
<10.0
10.0 - 14.9
15.0 - 19.9
20.0 - 24.9
25.0 - 30.9
31.0-41.9
42.0 - 52.9
53.0 - 64.9
65.0-112.9
113.0+
Downwash Source
Generic Source No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
       (D) The generic source number (without terrain adjustment) identified by the
preceding step will be used in subsequent steps of this procedure.  Record the generic
source number below.

       Generic source number »	.

       (E) If the source is located in flat terrain l2, if the physical stack height of the
worst case stack is less than or equal to 10 meters13, or if the generic source number
identified in Step 5(D) above is 1 or 11 (regardless of terrain classification) then the
effective stack height will not be adjusted to account for terrain. If any of these conditions
are met, use die generic source number determined in Step S(D) and proceed directly to
Step 6.  Otherwise, continue through the remainder of this step.
12
13
Rat terrain is defined in this report as follows: If the maximum terrain rise within 5 kilometers of
the facility is less than 10 percent of the physical stack height of the worst-case stack, the location
is considered to be flat and terrain adjustment factors will not be considered.
This condition applies regardless of terrain characteristics.
                                   Appendix  V-17

-------
        Use the following calculation to identify flat areas.
        	Terrain Rise14 (m)	
        Physical Worst-Case Stack Height (m)
                                        x 100 =
        If the value is less than 10 percent then the source is in flat terrain.  Use the generic
source number recorded in Step 5(D) and proceed directly to Step 6.

        (F)  For those situations where the conditions of Step 5(E) do not  apply, the
effective stack height must be adjusted for terrain. The terrain adjusted effective stack
height (TAESH) is computed by subtracting the terrain rise for each distance range from the
effective stack height (identified in Step 5(B)).  Complete the following table to estimate the
terrain adjusted effective stack height.:
Distance Range
     (m)
0-0.5 km
>0.5- 2.5 km

>2.5- 5.0 km
               Effective Stack  -
                 Height (m)15
Maximum Terrain
    Rise(m)16
                                                   ma*. MITOT HM (0-0.5 Km)
                                            max. wram nt» (0-2.5 Km)
                                                   max. «rran HM (0-5.0 ton)
TAESH(m)
       If the terrain rise for any of the distance ranges is greater than the effective stack
height,  set the terrain adjusted effective stack height  (TAESH) equal to zero and use
generic source number 1 for mat distance range.
14
15
16
Maximum terrain rise within 5 kilometers of the facility.
In this analysis, the effective stack height is considered to be constant across each distance range.
The effective stack height was determined in Step 5(B).  In most cases, however, the maximum
terrain rise will vary for each distance range.
The distance ranges used to identify maximum terrain rise are 0-0.5. 0-2.5, and 0-5.0. These
ranges correspond to the data requirements of WORKSHEET 1. Consideration of the maximum
terrain rise from the release point to the outer edge of each distance range must be specified to
ensure that dispersion in complex terrain situations are conservatively treated.  This procedure is
particularly needed for those situations where the maximum terrain rise is lower in the outer
distance ranges than in the distance ranges closer to the source.
                                     Appendix V-lg

-------
       (G) Table 3 (which is repeated below for convenience) displays ranges of effective
release heights for the 1 1 generic sources.  For each distance range, identify the generic
source that contains the terrain adjusted effective stack height (TAESH).  Record this

information in the space provided. These generic source numbers will be used in the

subsequent steps of this analysis (in lieu of the generic source initially determined in Step
                                     Table  3
                Terrain adjusted
              effective stack height
                      (trrt	
                Generic source No.
                     <10.0
                   10.0-14.9
                   15.0-19.9
                   20.0 - 24.9
                   25.0 - 30.9
                   31.0-41.9
                   42.0 - 52.9
                   53.0 - 64.9
                   65.0-112.9
                     113.0+
                Downwash Source
                       1
                       2
                       3
                       4
                       5
                       6
                       7
                       8
                       9
                       10
                       11
Record the generic source numbers in the following spaces:
              Distance Range
               0-0.5
              >0.5 -
              >2.5 - 5.0
  Generic source No.
fatter terrain adjustment^
       The dispersion coefficients estimated in this screening procedure are a function not
only of generic source number, but also urban/rural classification.  Step 6 present guidance
for estimating urban/rural classification.
                                   Appendix  V-19

-------
 Step 6: Classify the Site as Urban or  Rural

       To utilize this screening procedure, the user must classify the land area within a 3-

 kilometer radius of the facility as either urban or rural. This classification can be made

 using the simplified procedure shown in Appendix I of the Metals Guidance Document.

 The steps for this classification procedure are presented below.  The user should document

 the classification procedure in the spaces provided:

       1.     Determine the percentage of urban land use types (as defined in Appendix I)
              that fall within 3 kilometers of the facility.


              Method Used to Estimate Percent Urban      Visual      Planimeter
              Land Use (check applicable space)         	      	

       2.     Determine the percentage of the land use that is urban by multiplying the
              ratio of the urban area to the area of the 3-kilometer circle by 100. The
              remaining percentage is considered ruraL


              Estimated Percentages                      Urban        Rural
              (check applicable spaces)                  	      	
       3.     If the urban land use percentage is less than or equal to 30 percent based on
              a visual estimate (or 50 percent if based on a planimeter), use the rural tables
              in Tab B.

              If the urban land use percentage (as defined in Appendix I) is greater than
              30 percent (or SO percent based on planimeter measurements), the most
              conservative (lower) value between the urban and rural screening tables
              (Tables 3 and 4) should be used, or the standard Auer land use technique
              should be applied (Auer  1978, EPA 1986 Guideline on Air Quality
              Models).


              Classification                              Urban       Rural
              (check applicable space)                    	      	
Step  7:   Identify Maximum Dispersion Coefficients


       (A) Select dispersion coefficients.


       Based on the results of Step 6, select either Table 4 (urban) or Table 5 (rural) to be

used to identify dispersion coefficients.
                                  Appendix V-20

-------
                                     Table 4
                 ISCST Predicted  Maximum  Concentrations (ng/m3)*
             for Hazardous Wast* Incinerators  Using Urban  Conditions
Gwwne Gantnc Gentnc Gwwnc Gwwic G«wnc G«rwnc G«n«nc Gwwnc Gananc Garwnc
Score* Source Some* Souro Source Source Source Source Source Sourci Source
DISTANCE ft a * ** * * # m * *10 f1l
(KM) (<10M) (10 Ml (15 M|
0.20
025
040
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.80
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
O.S5
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.10
120
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
225
2.50
2.75
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
680.1
521.9
407.7
3212
288.5
240.8
218.5
200.3
185.1
1722
1612
151.6
1432
135.8
1292
123.3
118.0
108.6
101.1
94.6
89.0
84.1
79.8
76.0
72.7
89.6
66.9
61.1
56.4
52J
494
402
34J
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.8
1S.O
517.5
4182
351.7
3042
268.5
240.7
218.5
200.3
185.1
1722
1612
151.6
1432
1318
1292
123.3
118.0
108.8
101.1
94.6
89.0
84.1
79J
78.0
72.7
69.6
66.9
61.1
56.4
52J
494
402
34.5
30.7
27.8
25.5
23J
224
17J
15.0
368.7
303.7
2562
221.6
195.6
175.4
159.2
145.9
134.9
125.5
117.4
110.5
104.4
99.0
942
89.9
86.0
79.3
73.7
68.9
64.8
6U
582
514
53.0
50.7
48.6
445
41.1
384
35.9
294
252
30.7
27.8
23.5
23J
224
17.6
15.0
(20 M) (25 Ml (31 M)
268.7
232.6
199.0
172.7
1524
136.7
124.1
113.8
105.1
97.8
91.6
86.1
81.4
772
73.4
70.1
67.0
61.8
57.4
53.7
50.6
47.8
414
432
41.3
39.6
310
34.7
32.1
29.9
210
22.6
19.6
30.7
27.8
215
23.8
22.3
17.6
15.0
168.5
163.0
147.0
1302
115.7
103.9
94.4
86.5
80.0
74.4
69.6
85.5
61.9
517
518
534
51.0
47.0
43.7
40.9
38.5
36.3
34.5
32.9
31.4
30.1
28.9
28.4
24.4
22.7
214
17.4
14.9
30.7
27.8
25.S
23.8
224
17.6
15.0
129.8
1242
1184
107.9
97.1
87.6
79.7
73.1
67.6
62.9
58.9
55.4
524
49.6
472
45.0
43.1
39.7
36.9
34.5
32.5
30.7
292
27.8
264
25.4
24.4
224
20.6
192
110
14.7
12.8
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.6
15.0
(« M)
83.4
67.6
63.5
60.8
59.6
56.6
52.9
492
45.8
42.7
40.1
37.7
35.6
33.8
32.1
30.7
29.4
27.1
252
23.5
22.1
20.9
19.9
119
111
17.3
16.7
152
14.0
13.1
124
10.0
8.6
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
224
17.6
15.0
(53M) (65M)
30.1
38.5
41.5
40.5
37.8
37.2
36.7
35.4
33.8
32.0
302
28.6
27.1
25.7
24.5
23.4
22.4
20.6
192
18.0
16.9
16.0
152
14.4
13.8
132
12.7
11.6
10.7
10.0
9.4
74
6.6
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
224
17.6
15.0
18.4
19.8
25.0
27.3
27.4
26.3
24.7
24.5
24.3
23.7
22.9
22.0
21.1
202
19.3
18.5
17.7
16.4
152
142
13.4
12.7
12.0
11.4
10.9
10J
10.1
92
84
7.9
7.4
11
52
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
224
17.6
15.0
(113 M| (Oownwash)
1.6
32
42
5.4
5.8
5.8
5.8
6.6
7.1
7.4
7.5
74
7.4
72
7.0
6.8
64
64
6.4
64
6.1
5.9
54
14
52
54
4.6
4.4
4.1
3.8
3.6
2.9
24
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
224
17.6
15.0
662.3
500.0
389.3
311.9
266.5
240.8
218.5
200.3
165.1
1722
1612
151.6
1432
135.8
1292
1234
118.0
1084
101.1
94.6
89.0
84.1
79.8
76.0
72.7
616
66.9
61.1
56.4
52.6
494
402
34.5
30.7
27.8
25.5
23.8
22.3
17.6
15.0
' BASED ON A1GRAM/SECOND EMBSCN RATE
                                  Appendix V-21

-------
                                      Tab Is  5
                 ISCST  Predicted Maximum Concentrations
              for  Hazardous Wast*  Incinerators  Using  Rural  Conditions


DISTANCE
(KM)
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
• 0.90
0.95
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
.40
.50
.60
.70
.80
.90
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
Genenc
Score*
ffl
(<10M)
1771.1
13104
10023
798.4
658.9
6215
633.5
630.1
616.6
596.7
573.2
5464
520.9
495.7
4713
4483
426.8
3875
353.1
323.0
296.6
273.3
252.7
2345
2183
203.7
190.7
164.4
143.7
127.0
113.4
78.6
59.1
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
203
15.9
Genenc
SoufOi
a
(10 M|
6703
678.4
629.2
569.6
5165
471.1
432.4
398.2
370.4
345.4
323.4
304.0
286J
2713
2S7J
245.4
234.2
214.7
198.4
1894
1822
174.6
167.0
1593
152.4
1453
139.1
1245
112.1
1015
92.4
67.3
54.6
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
205
15.9
Generic
Source
»
(15 M)
308.6
316.9
303.4
2823
278.7
277.6
272.0
263.8
254.0
243.6
232.9
2223
21Z1
202.4
1933
184.7
176.8
1625
1503
139.9
130.8
1223
115.9
109.7
104.1
99.1
94.6
8S.1
77.3
70.9
65.6
50.6
41.4
45.7
40.4
3S.8
32-2
29.4
20.5
15.9
Generic
Source
M
M20M)
176.8
183.6
199.1
200.7
194.4
1843
172.7
168.0
169.1
168.1
165.6
162.0
157.7
153.0
148.1
143.1
138.1
128.2
119.3
111.5
104.5
98.3
92.8
67.9
63.5
79.5
75.9
68.3
62.1
56.9
52.6
40.6
33.2
46.7
40.4
35.8
32.2
29.4
20.5
15.9
Generic
Source
IS
(25 M)
102.8
104.6
100.4
117.0
125.2
1273
125.7
121.6
116.2
1103
104.5
98.8
98.8
99.0
98.6
97.6
963
91.9
87.4
82.9
78.7
74.7
71 J)
67.6
64.4
615
58.6
53.0
482
443
40.9
31 A
25.8
46.7
40.4
35.8
322
29.4
20.5
15.9
Generic
Source
*
(31 M)
76.5
71.8
75.0
71.1
82.7
89.7
92.9
933-
91.8
992
85.8
822
785
74.9
71.4
723
725
71.1
69.1
66.7
642
61.6
59.1
56.7
543
52.1
50.0
45.4
41.4
38.1
352
272
222
46.7
40.4
35.8
322
29.4
20.5
15.9
Generic
Source
«7
(42 M)
28.0
38.0
39.7
363
352
35.6
34.4
38.6
42.6
453
47.0
47.7
47.6
47.4
46.6
45.6
44.4
41.8
39.1
36.6
343
323
31.8
31.6
313
30.9
30.4
283
272
25.6
24.0
19.0
15.6
46.7
40.4
35.8
322
29.4
205
15.9
Genenc
Source
IB
(53 Ml
10.1
17.6
24.0
25.9
24.6
21.7
216
22.1
21.7
20.9
23.3
25.5
27.1
283
29.1
29.6
29.8
295
28.6
27.5
26.2
24.9
23.6
22.5
21.4
20.4
19.5
18.1
17.9
17.5
17.0
143
12.0
46.7
40.4
35.8
322
29.4
20.5
15.9
Generic
Source
«
(65 M)
3.5
7.9
12.6
16.8
18.1
17.6
15.9
13.6
14.3
14.7
14.6
143
13.8
15.0
16.3
17.3
162
193
19.8
19.8
19.5
19.0
18.4
17.7
17.0
163
15.7
142
12.9
11.8
112
10.4
93
46.7
40.4
35.8
322
29.4
205
15.9
Genenc
Source
ro
(113 M)
0.0
02
0.8
1.9
3.1
4.3
5.5
6.5
6.7
6.4
5.9
55
5.1
4.7
45
42
4.0
3.9
4.1
42
42
42
42
43
45
43
5.1
5.4
55
5.4
52
43
35
46.7
40.4
35.8
322
29.4
20.5
15.9
Generic
Source
•11
(Downwash)
1350.8
1227.3
1119.3
1023.8
938.9
851.8
787.8
730.6
679.4
633.4
592.0
554.6
522.1
491.8
4642
4383
4153
375.0
3403
310.4
284.6
262.0
2422
224.7
211.9
198.4
1863
1604
140.7
1245
1125
78.3
58.8
46.7
40.4
35.8
322
29.4
20.5
15.9
' BASH) ON A1ORAMSECCND EMSSON RATE
                                  Appendix  V-22

-------